As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2003
                                                     Registration No. 333-104226
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                             ----------------------
                        PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------

                          COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.
                          -----------------------------
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in its charter)

           Maryland                       6035                      36-4526348
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction        (Primary standard           (I.R.S. employer
of incorporation or organization)   industrial                  identification
                                    classification              number)
                                    code number)

                              240 South Main Street
                          Madisonville, Kentucky 42431
                                 (270) 821-7211
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices
                        and principal place of business)

                           William M. Tandy, President
                           and Chief Executive Officer
                          Community First Bancorp, Inc.
                              240 South Main Street
                          Madisonville, Kentucky 42431
                                 (270) 821-7211
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:

James C. Stewart, Esquire                        Cynthia A. Shafer, Esquire
Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC                    Vorys, Sater, Seymour and Pease LLP
1100 New York Avenue, N.W.                         221 East Fourth Street
      Suite 340 West                                     Suite 2000
  Washington, D.C. 20005                           Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
      (202) 434-4671                                   (513) 723-4009

     Approximate  date of proposed  sale to the public:  As soon as  practicable
after this registration statement becomes effective.

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
                                                            -------------

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]
                           --------

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]
                           ---------

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Title of Each Class          Dollar        Proposed Maximum    Proposed Maximum
of Securities To Be        Amount To        Offering Price         Aggregate          Amount Of
    Registered           Be Registered         Per Share        Offering Price    Registration Fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      
Common Stock, $0.01       $2,777,250           $10.00           $2,777,250(1)       $224.68(2)
par value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(1)  Estimated  solely  for the  purpose of  calculating  the  registration  fee
     pursuant to Rule 457(d).
(2)  A fee of $187.21 was previously paid.

     The registrant  hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement  shall become
effective  on such  date  as the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



PROSPECTUS
Up to 277,725 Shares of Common Stock
                                                   COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.
                                      (Holding Company for Community First Bank)
                                                           240 South Main Street
                                                    Madisonville, Kentucky 42431
                                                                  (270) 821-7211
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Community  First  Bank is  converting  from a  federally  chartered  mutual
savings  bank  to a  federally  chartered  stock  savings  bank.  As part of the
conversion,  Community  First  Bank will  become a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of
Community  First  Bancorp,  Inc.,  which was formed by the Bank in 2003 for this
purpose.  The  common  stock of the  Company  is being  offered to the public in
accordance with a plan of conversion. The plan of conversion must be approved by
the Office of Thrift  Supervision  and by a majority of the votes eligible to be
cast by the current  members of Community  First Bank.  The offering will not go
forward if Community First Bank does not receive these approvals.

     The  shares  of  common   stock  are  first  being   offered   pursuant  to
nontransferable subscription rights in a Subscription Offering. Depositors as of
certain  eligibility dates will receive  subscription  rights.  Shares of common
stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in
a community  offering  with  preference  given to residents  of Hopkins  County,
Kentucky. Unsold shares may be offered to the general public through a syndicate
of  broker-dealers  formed and managed by Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. Keefe,
Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. is not  required to sell any  specific  number or dollar
amount of shares but will use their best efforts to sell the shares offered.

     The deadline for ordering  stock is 12:00 noon,  central  time, on June __,
2003,  and may be extended to __________  __, 2003.  The minimum  purchase is 25
shares  (minimum  investment of $250).  All funds submitted shall be placed in a
segregated  deposit  account at Community First Bank until the shares are issued
or the funds are returned. No stock will be sold if the Company does not receive
orders for at least 178,500 shares.

     There is currently no public market for the stock. Community First Bancorp,
Inc. anticipates that the stock will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and, if
so, will request the trading symbol "CFBI."

                                TERMS OF OFFERING

An  independent  appraiser  has  estimated  the  market  value of the  converted
Community First Bank to be between $1,785,000 and $2,415,000,  which establishes
the  number of shares to be  offered  at a price of $10 per  share.  Subject  to
Office of Thrift Supervision  approval,  up to 277,725 shares, an additional 15%
above the maximum number of shares, may be offered. Based on these estimates, we
are making the following offering of shares of common stock:

o  Price Per Share:                                    $10.00
o  Number of Shares Minimum/Maximum, as adjusted:      178,500 to 277,725
o  Offering Expenses:                                  $285,000
o  Net Proceeds to the Company Minimum/Maximum,
     as adjusted:                                      $1,500,000 to $2,492,250
o  Net Proceeds Per Share Minimum/Maximum,
    as adjusted:                                       $8.40 to $8.97

Please refer to Risk Factors beginning on page 1 of this document.

These  securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

Neither  the   Securities  and  Exchange   Commission,   the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision,  nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of
these  securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete.  Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

For information on how to subscribe,  call the Stock Information Center at (___)
___-____.

                         KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

                  The date of this Prospectus is May __, 2003




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----

                                                                                                         
Questions and Answers About the Conversion Stock Offering....................................................   (i)
Summary......................................................................................................  (iv)
Selected Financial and Other Data............................................................................(viii)
Risk Factors.................................................................................................     1
Recent Developments...........................................................................................    7
Forward Looking Statements....................................................................................   10
Proposed Purchases by Directors and Executive Officers........................................................   11
Community First Bancorp, Inc..................................................................................   12
Community First Bank..........................................................................................   12
Use of Proceeds...............................................................................................   13
Dividends.....................................................................................................   14
Market for the Common Stock...................................................................................   15
Capitalization................................................................................................   16
Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance...................................................................   17
Pro Forma Data................................................................................................   18
The Conversion................................................................................................   21
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
     of Operations............................................................................................   36
Business of Community First Bancorp, Inc. ....................................................................   47
Business of Community First Bank..............................................................................   48
Regulation....................................................................................................   69
Taxation......................................................................................................   76
Management of Community First Bancorp, Inc....................................................................   77
Management of Community First Bank............................................................................   78
Restrictions on Acquisitions of Community First Bancorp, Inc..................................................   84
Description of Capital Stock..................................................................................   90
Legal and Tax Matters.........................................................................................   92
Experts.......................................................................................................   92
Where You Can Find Additional Information.....................................................................   92
Index to Financial Statements................................................................................... 94
Glossary....................................................................................................... A-1







                                             [MAP TO BE INSERTED HERE]




                   QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE CONVERSION
                                 STOCK OFFERING

Q:   What is a mutual to stock conversion?

A:   The conversion is a change in the Bank's form of  organization.  Currently,
     we  operate  as  a  federally   chartered   mutual  savings  bank  with  no
     stockholders.  As a  result  of the  conversion,  the  Bank  will  become a
     federally  chartered stock savings bank and wholly owned  subsidiary of the
     Company. As part of our conversion, the Company is offering for sale shares
     of its common stock.

Q:   What is the purpose of the conversion and the offering?

A:   As a stock savings bank operating through a holding company  structure,  we
     will have the ability to plan and develop  long-term growth and improve our
     future access to the capital markets.  The stock offering will increase our
     capital  and the  amount of funds  available  to the Bank for  lending  and
     investment  activities.  This will give us greater flexibility to diversify
     operations  and  expand  our  branch  network if we choose to do so. If the
     Company's  earnings are  sufficient  in the future,  you might also receive
     dividends and benefit from the long-term appreciation of our stock price.

Q:   How many shares of stock will be sold?

A:   Between 178,500 and 241,500 shares of common stock will be sold. The number
     of shares to be sold may be increased  to 277,725  shares  without  further
     notice to you,  subject  to  receipt  of  approval  of the Office of Thrift
     Supervision,  if market or financial  conditions change prior to completion
     of the conversion.

Q:   At what price will the shares be sold?

A:   The shares will be sold at $10.00 per share.  This price was  determined by
     our  Board  of  Directors  and is the  price  most  commonly  used in stock
     offerings  involving  conversions  of  mutual  savings   institutions.   In
     addition,  the  Board  believed  that the  price  was such that many of our
     depositors and borrowers would be able to participate in the Offering.

Q:   How do I purchase the stock?

A:   You must complete and return the Stock Order and  Certification  Form to us
     together  with your payment or your  authorization  for  withdrawal  of the
     payment  amount from an account you have with us, on or before noon on June
     __, 2003. See pages __ to __.



                                        i



Q:   How much stock may I purchase?

A:   The minimum purchase is 25 shares (or $250).

     Subject  to the  maximum  purchase  limit of the  lesser of  10,000  shares
     ($100,000) or 5% of the total number of shares sold,  each  depositor as of
     the  Eligibility  Record  Date  (December 31,  2001)  or  the  Supplemental
     Eligibility  Record Date (March 31,  2003) will have the right to subscribe
     for up to the number of shares equal to the greater of the following:

     o    5,000 shares ($50,000); or

     o    a percentage of the shares offered equal to 15 times the percentage of
          total qualifying deposits the depositor held on the Eligibility Record
          Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as the case may be.

     Under this  formula,  depositors  with large  balances  may be  entitled to
     purchase more than 5,000 shares.  If you are interested in purchasing  more
     than 5,000 shares and had more than $32,000 on deposit with the Bank on the
     Eligibility  Record Date or Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date,  please
     contact the Stock Information Center. No person or group of persons will be
     permitted to purchase more than 10,000 shares.

     See pages __ to __.

     If shares are sold in a Community  Offering,  the maximum  number of shares
     that may be purchased by any party in the Community Offering, when combined
     with the number of shares  purchased by other parties with whom your shares
     may be aggregated is 5,000 shares ($50,000). See pages __ to __.

     In  certain  instances,  your  purchase  might  be  grouped  together  with
     purchases by persons with other  accounts  with whom you are  affiliated or
     related. In that event the aggregate purchases may not exceed the lesser of
     10,000  shares  ($100,000)  or 5% of the total number of shares  sold.  See
     pages __ to __.

Q:   What happens if there are not enough shares to fill all orders?

A:   You might not receive any or all of the shares you want to purchase.  If we
     receive  offers for more shares than we have  available to sell,  the stock
     will be offered on a priority basis to the following persons:

     o    Eligible  Account Holders - Persons who had a deposit account with the
          Bank on  December  31,  2001 with a balance  of at least  $50.00.  Any
          remaining shares will be offered to:


                                       ii



     o    Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders -  Persons  who had a deposit
          account  with the Bank on March 31,  2003  with a balance  of at least
          $50.00. Any remaining shares will be offered to:

     o    Other Members - Other depositors of the Bank, as of May __, 2003.

     If the above persons do not subscribe for all of the shares,  the remaining
     shares  will be offered  to certain  members  of the  general  public  with
     preference given to people who live in Hopkins County,  Kentucky. See pages
     __ to __.

Q:   What particular  factors should I consider when deciding  whether or not to
     buy the stock?

A:   We have  experienced  losses for the past several years and cannot give you
     any assurance that we will become profitable after the conversion.  Because
     of the  small  size of the  Offering,  there is not  likely to be an active
     market for the shares, which may make it difficult to resell any shares you
     may own. Before you decide to purchase stock, you should also read the Risk
     Factors section beginning on page 1 of this document.

Q:   As a depositor member of Community First Bank, what will happen if I do not
     purchase any stock?

A:   You presently have voting rights while we are in the mutual form;  however,
     once we convert to the stock form you will lose your voting  rights  unless
     you purchase stock.  You are not required to purchase  stock.  Your deposit
     account,  certificate  accounts  and any loans you may have with us will be
     not be affected. See pages __ to __.

Q:   Who can help  answer  any  other  questions  I may  have  about  the  stock
     offering?

A:   In order to make an  informed  investment  decision,  you should  read this
     entire document. In addition, you should contact:



                            Stock Information Center
                          Community First Bancorp, Inc.
                              240 South Main Street
                             Madisonville, Kentucky
                                (270) ___________



                                       iii



                                     SUMMARY

     This summary highlights selected information from this document and may not
contain all the  information  that is important to you. To understand  the stock
offering fully,  you should read carefully this entire  document,  including the
financial  statements  and the notes to the  financial  statements  of Community
First Bank.

Community First Bancorp, Inc.

     Community  First  Bancorp,  Inc.  was  formed in March  2003 as a  Maryland
corporation to become the holding  company for Community First Bank. The Company
is not an operating  company and has not engaged in any significant  business to
date. The holding company structure will provide greater flexibility in terms of
operations, expansion and diversification. See page __.

Community First Bank

     Community  First Bank is a community and  customer-oriented  federal mutual
savings  bank  with  one  office  located  in  Madisonville,  Kentucky.  We were
originally founded in 1923 as a Kentucky-chartered building and loan association
and converted to a federally  chartered savings bank in 2002. Our primary market
area consists of the City of Madisonville and Hopkins County.

     The Bank has historically  followed a traditional  thrift business strategy
using local deposits to fund residential first mortgages in its immediate market
area.  Beginning in 1998, our net interest income became inadequate to cover our
expenses and we started incurring operating losses. We attribute these losses to
our declining  share of the local  mortgage  market,  the low yield on our other
earning assets and our high cost of deposits. In late 2001, the Bank hired a new
president and chief  executive  officer with  experience  in bank  turn-arounds.
Under our new president,  we have worked to expand our products and services and
improve our market presence and portfolio yield. In order to restore the Bank to
ongoing  profitability,  however,  the Board of  Directors  believes  that it is
essential to increase the Bank's capital.  With the additional capital raised in
this offering, the Bank will be in a position to increase its earning assets and
expand its business operations.

     At December 31, 2002,  we had total  assets of $30.0  million,  deposits of
$28.1 million, and total equity of $1.7 million. See page __.

The Stock Offering

     The Company is offering  between 178,500 and 241,500 shares of common stock
at $10.00 per share.  Subject to approval  by the Office of Thrift  Supervision,
the  number of shares to be sold may be  increased  to  277,725  shares  without
further  notice  to you if  market  or  financial  conditions  change  prior  to
completion of the conversion.


                                       iv


Stock Purchases

     The Company is first  offering its shares of common stock in a Subscription
Offering to depositor  members as of certain  eligibility  dates.  The shares of
common stock will be offered on the basis of  priorities.  Any remaining  shares
may be offered in a Community  Offering or in a Syndicated  Community  Offering.
See pages __ to __.

Subscription Rights

     You may not sell or  assign  your  subscription  rights.  Any  transfer  of
subscription   rights  is  prohibited  by  law.  All  persons  exercising  their
subscription  rights will be required to certify that they are purchasing shares
solely for their own account and that they have no  agreement  or  understanding
regarding the sale or transfer of the shares they are  purchasing.  We intend to
pursue any and all remedies in the event that we become aware of the transfer of
any subscription  rights. We will reject orders that we determine to involve the
transfer of such rights.

The Offering Range and Determination of the Price Per Share

     The offering  range is based on an  independent  appraisal of the pro forma
market value of the common stock by Feldman Financial  Advisors,  Inc. ("Feldman
Financial"),   an  appraisal   firm   experienced   in   appraisals  of  savings
institutions. The pro forma market value of the shares is our market value after
giving  effect to the sale of shares in this  offering.  Feldman  Financial  has
estimated  that in its  opinion as of May 5, 2003,  such  value  ranged  between
$1.785  million  and $2.415  million  (with a  midpoint  of $2.1  million)  (the
"Estimated Valuation Range"). The appraisal was based in part upon our financial
condition and operations and the effect of the additional  capital raised by the
sale of common stock in this offering. The $10.00 price per share was determined
by our Board of Directors and is the price most commonly used in stock offerings
involving  conversions  of mutual  savings  institutions.  At the maximum of the
offering range,  the price per share  represents  63.38% of pro forma book value
per  share  compared  to a median  price to book  value  ratio of 87.8%  for the
thrifts in the peer group selected by Feldman Financial for its appraisal report
and a median of 121.6% for all publicly traded Kentucky thrifts.

     The appraisal will be updated prior to the  consummation of the conversion.
If the updated pro forma market value of the common stock is either below $1.785
million  or above  $2.777  million,  we will  notify  you and you will  have the
opportunity to modify or cancel your order. See pages __ to __.


                                        v


Deadline for Submitting Stock Orders

     The  Subscription  Offering will terminate at 12:00 p.m.,  Central Time, on
___________,  2003.  The Community  Offering,  if any, may terminate at any time
without  notice  but  no  later  than  45  days  after  the  completion  of  the
Subscription   Offering   (___________,   2003  assuming  no  extension  of  the
Subscription Offering) without approval by the OTS.

Benefits to Management from the Offering or Within One Year Thereafter

     In order to tie our  employees'  and  directors'  interests  closer  to our
stockholders'  interests,  we intend to establish certain benefit plans that use
our  stock as  compensation.  Officers,  directors,  and  employees  will not be
required to pay cash in exchange for  restricted  shares but will be required to
pay the exercise price to exercise options.

     The following table presents information regarding the participants in each
plan,  total amount,  the percentage,  and the dollar value of the stock that we
intend  to set aside for our  stock-  based  incentive  plans.  The  stock-based
incentive  plans may not be adopted for at least six months  after the  offering
and must be approved  by a majority  vote of the  stockholders.  The table below
assumes the sale of 210,000 shares in the offering. It is assumed that the value
of the stock in the table is $10 per share.  Options are given no value  because
their  exercise price will be equal to the fair market value of the stock on the
day the options are  granted.  As a result,  anyone who  receives an option will
only  benefit from the option if the price of the stock rises above the exercise
price.  See  pages  __  to  __  for  more  information,   including   regulatory
restrictions on the maximum amount of benefits  participants may receive and the
rate at which benefits may be earned under the incentive plans.


                                      Estimated                  Percentage of
                                        Value       Number     Total Shares Sold
                    Participants      of Shares    of Shares    in the Offering
                    ------------      ---------    ---------   -----------------

Stock Awards......  Officers and
                    Directors          $84,000        8,400           4.0%

Stock Options.....  Officers,
                    Directors and
                    Employees               --       21,000          10.0
                                       -------       ------          ----
   Total..........                     $84,000       29,400          14.0%
                                       =======       ======          ====

     As a public  company,  it is important for us to reassure our management of
our commitment to their employment with Community First Bank. With this in mind,
we have entered into an employment  agreement with our President and some of our
employees may receive  severance/change-in-control  agreements.  The  agreements
provide  that if  Community  First  Bancorp,  Inc.  or  Community  First Bank is
acquired  and the  employee is  terminated,  the  employee  will  receive a cash
payment.  If a payment had been made under these  agreements as of  December 31,
2002, the aggregate payment would have equaled approximately $534,000.

                                       vi



Participants in our stock-based  benefit plans may also receive  benefits if the
Company or the Bank is acquired.

Use of the Proceeds from the Sale of Common Stock

     The  Company  will  use all but 5% the net  proceeds  to  purchase  all the
capital  stock to be  issued by the Bank in the  conversion.  The  Company  will
retain the balance of the funds as its initial capitalization.  These funds will
serve as a source of funds for the payment of ongoing expenses,  and for general
corporate  purposes.  The Bank will use the  funds it  receives  in its  ongoing
banking business. See pages __ to __.

Dividends

     The Board of  Directors  plans to retain  future  earnings  for the  future
growth of the Bank.  Accordingly,  the Board of  Directors  does not  anticipate
paying cash dividends for the immediate  future  following the  conversion.  The
Board may review  periodically the possible  adoption of a dividend  policy.  We
cannot assure you, however,  when, or if, we will ultimately decide to establish
a cash dividend policy. See page __.

Market for the Common Stock

     The  Company  anticipates  that the  common  stock  will be  traded  in the
over-the-counter  market and  quotations  will be  available on the OTC Bulletin
Board.  The Company has requested  that Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. agree to
match offers to buy and sell the common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has
no  obligation  to match  offers to buy and sell and may  cease  doing so at any
time. Since the size of the offering is small, it is unlikely that an active and
liquid trading  market for the shares will develop and be maintained.  Investors
should therefore have a long-term  investment intent.  Persons purchasing shares
may not be able to sell their shares when they desire or to sell them at a price
equal to or above $10.00. See page __.

Important Risks in Owning the Company's Common Stock

     Before you decide to purchase  stock in the  offering,  you should read the
"Risk Factors" section beginning on page one of this document.



                                       vii



                        SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     The selected data presented  below under the captions  "Selected  Financial
Condition Data" and "Selected  Operations Data" as of and for the periods ending
December 31, 2002 and 2001, are derived from the audited financial statements of
Community First Bank. The financial  statements as of December 31, 2002 and 2001
and for the years then ended are included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Selected Financial Condition Data

     The following table sets forth certain information concerning our financial
position at the dates indicated.

                                                           At December 31,
                                                      -------------------------
                                                        2002             2001
                                                      --------         --------
                                                        (In thousands)

Assets.........................................       $29,968          $29,530
Loans receivable, net..........................        25,710           22,158
Cash and cash equivalents......................           758            2,307
Investment securities:
     Available-for-sale........................            --              754
     Held-to-maturity..........................         1,902            3,070
Deposits.......................................        28,128           26,611
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank...........            --            1,000
Total equity...................................         1,749            1,838

Regulatory Capital:
     Tangible capital..........................         1,749            1,838
     Core capital..............................         1,749            1,838
     Total risk-based capital..................         1,855            1,948

Number of offices..............................             1                1

Selected Operations Data

     The following table sets forth certain  information  concerning our results
of operations for the periods shown.

                                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                                        -----------------------
                                                         2002             2001
                                                        ------           ------
                                                             (In thousands)

Interest income....................................     $1,941          $2,018
Interest expense...................................        961           1,234
     Net interest income...........................        980             784
Provision for loan losses..........................         18              94
     Net interest income after provision
       for loan losses.............................        962             690
Other income.......................................         73             130
Other expenses.....................................      1,109             978
     Loss before federal income tax
       expense (benefit)...........................       (74)            (158)
Federal income tax expense (benefit)...............        10              (33)
     Net loss......................................     $ (84)          $ (125)


                                      viii



Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data

     The table  below  sets  forth  certain  performance  ratios  for us for the
periods indicated.



                                                                                              At or for the
                                                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                         -----------------------
                                                                                           2002         2001
                                                                                         --------     --------
                                                                                              
Performance Ratios:
   Return on average assets (net loss divided by average total assets) ............       (0.28)%      (0.43)%
   Return on average equity (net loss divided by average equity) ..................       (4.50)       (6.41)
   Interest rate spread (combined weighted average interest rate earned
       less combined weighted average interest rate cost) .........................        3.44         2.73
   Net interest margin (net interest income divided by average interest-earning
       assets) ....................................................................        3.54         2.94
   Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities      102.59       104.49
   Ratio of noninterest expense to average total assets ...........................        3.66         3.40

Asset Quality Ratios:
   Nonperforming assets to total assets at end of period ..........................        0.29         0.22
   Nonperforming loans to total loans at end of period ............................        0.33         0.21
   Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period ......................        0.41         0.47
   Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans at end of period ..............      123.26       223.40
   Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding ...................................        0.07         0.24

Capital Ratios:
   Equity to total assets at end of period ........................................        5.84         6.22
   Average equity to average assets ...............................................        6.16         6.78
   Tangible capital ...............................................................        5.83         6.21
   Core capital ...................................................................        5.83         6.21
   Total risk-based capital .......................................................       11.12        13.90




                                       ix

                                  RISK FACTORS

     In addition to the other information in this document,  you should consider
carefully the following risk factors in deciding whether to invest in the common
stock.

We have not been  profitable  during  the past  several  years  and  there is no
assurance that we will be profitable following the conversion.

     The Bank has  incurred  net losses for the past  several  years,  including
losses of $125,000 and $84,000 in the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002. We
attribute these losses to our declining share of the local mortgage market,  the
low yield on our other earning assets and our high cost of deposits. In November
2001, the Bank hired a new chief executive  officer,  William M. Tandy,  who has
experience in bank turnarounds. The Bank has sought to improve its profitability
by increasing the yield on its loan portfolio,  moving funds from lower yielding
investment  securities to higher yielding loans and reducing  deposit costs. The
Bank has reduced its losses but has not yet become consistently profitable. As a
public  company  following  the  conversion,  the  Company  is  likely  to incur
additional  reporting  and other  costs and may  incur  additional  compensation
expenses related to its stock benefit plans.  There can be no assurance the Bank
will achieve profitability after the conversion or that it will not incur losses
in future periods.

Our planned new branch is likely to reduce our near-term profitability.

     The  Bank  recently   acquired  property  for  a  new  branch  location  in
Madisonville.  The  proposed  location  would allow us to serve the most rapidly
developing  area of  Madisonville  and  will  make us much  more  convenient  to
potential  customers.  We do not believe that we can adequately  serve this area
from our current  office and believe  that the new branch is needed if we are to
be a viable  competitor in our market.  The purchase  price for the new location
was $360,000 and we  anticipate  that we will invest an  additional  $500,000 in
remodeling  and  equipping  the  existing  structure  to serve as a  branch.  In
addition, we anticipate that it will take at least a year after the branch opens
before we generate sufficient additional income to offset the additional expense
related to  staffing  and  operating  the new branch.  Until that time,  the new
branch will reduce earnings.

We could incur unanticipated costs in our planned system conversion.

     We have  entered  into an  agreement  to convert  to a new data  processing
system that will provide management with more timely and useful information at a
lower cost than our current  provider.  Our current data  processor  requested a
termination  fee in excess of  $400,000  in  addition  to fees for any  services
related  to the system  conversion.  We do not  believe  that the  current  data
processor is entitled to such a fee and are  continuing  to  negotiate.  Until a
satisfactory  resolution is reached, we will delay our system conversion date or
seek  other  arrangements  with the new  data  processor.  There  could be still
significant costs associated with the system conversion.  During the transition,
we may also be  required  to pay both data  processors  for a period of time.  A
system  conversion will generally require a significant time commitment from our
senior  management which may distract them from their other duties. In addition,
the transition to a new system may

                                      - 1 -



involve delays and other difficulties that may cause problems with customers and
could affect our business.  Accordingly,  we could incur  unanticipated costs in
our system conversion.

The small  amount of stock being  offered  makes it unlikely  that an active and
liquid trading market will develop, and the liquidity and price of the stock may
be adversely affected by the limited trading market.

     Due to the  small  size of our  conversion  stock  offering,  it is  highly
unlikely that an active  trading  market will develop and be  maintained.  If an
active market does not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares promptly
or perhaps at all,  or sell your  shares at a price  equal to or above the price
you paid for the shares.  The common  stock may not be  appropriate  as a short-
term investment. See "Market for the Common Stock."

It is unlikely that we will pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

     Since the  Company  will rely on  dividends  received  from the Bank to pay
dividends to  stockholders,  we will not be able to pay dividends until the Bank
is profitable and may pay dividends to the Company.  Even after the Bank becomes
profitable,  however,  the Board of Directors expects for the foreseeable future
to retain as much of the Bank's  earnings as possible  for  reinvestment  in the
Bank's  business  operations and to support future  growth.  Accordingly,  it is
unlikely that we will pay dividends to stockholders for the foreseeable future.

There are increased risks associated with nonresidential lending.

     Although  our  primary  lending  activity  is the  origination  of  one- to
four-family first mortgage loans,  approximately $3.6 million,  or 13.9%, of our
gross loan portfolio at December-31,  2002 consisted of loans other than one- to
four-family  first mortgage loans.  Such loans included $1.5 million in consumer
loans,  $582,000 in second  mortgage loans,  $207,000 in construction  loans and
$102,000 in  commercial  loans.  Our  portfolio  also  includes  $1.2 million in
mortgages on multi-family  and commercial  properties.  During the past year, we
have begun to more  actively  seek  opportunities  to finance  multi-family  and
commercial  real estate and expect to continue to seek this  business.  Although
these loans generally provide for higher interest rates than one- to four-family
residential  real estate  loans,  these loans  generally are larger than one- to
four-family  first mortgages and have a higher degree of credit and other risks.
Consumer  loans also entail  greater risk than one- to  four-family  residential
loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans which are unsecured or secured
by  rapidly  depreciable  assets,  such  as  automobiles.  In  such  cases,  any
repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate
source of repayment of the  outstanding  loan balance as a result of the greater
likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation.  Commercial business loans involve a
greater degree of risk than other types of lending as payments on such loans are
often dependent on the successful operation of the business involved,  which may
be subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the economy.


                                      - 2 -



If our allowance for loan losses is not  sufficient to cover actual loan losses,
our earnings could decrease.

     Our loan customers may not repay their loans  according to the terms of the
loans,  and  the  collateral   securing  the  payment  of  these  loans  may  be
insufficient  to pay any remaining loan balance.  We may experience  significant
loan  losses,  which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on our  operating
results.  We make various  assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of
our loan  portfolio,  including  the  creditworthiness  of our borrowers and the
value  of the real  estate  and  other  assets  serving  as  collateral  for the
repayment of many of our loans.  In determining  the amount of the allowance for
loan  losses,  we rely on our  loan  quality  reviews,  our  experience  and our
evaluation of economic conditions, among other factors. If our assumptions prove
to be  incorrect,  our  allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover
losses inherent in our loan portfolio,  resulting in additions to our allowance.
Material additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income.

     Our emphasis on continued diversification of our loan portfolio through the
origination of commercial real estate and multi-family  loans is one of the more
significant  factors we will take into account in  evaluating  our allowance for
loan losses and provision for loan losses.  As we further increase the amount of
such types of loans in our  portfolio,  we may  determine to make  additional or
increased provisions for loan losses, which could adversely affect our earnings.

     In addition,  bank  regulators  periodically  review our allowance for loan
losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize
further loan charge-offs.  Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan
charge-offs as required by these  regulatory  authorities  could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in interest rates could  adversely  affect our results of operations and
financial condition.

     Our ability to make a profit, like that of most financial institutions,  is
substantially  dependent on our net interest income.  Net interest income is the
difference  between the interest income we earn on our  interest-earning  assets
(such as mortgage loans and  investments) and the interest expense we pay on our
interest-bearing  liabilities (such as deposits). Because a portion of our loans
have fixed  rates of  interest  for a period of time and have  longer  effective
maturities   than   our   interest-bearing   liabilities,   the   yield  on  our
interest-earning assets may adjust more slowly to changes in interest rates than
the cost of our  interest-bearing  liabilities.  As a result,  our net  interest
income  could be  adversely  affected by material  and  prolonged  increases  in
interest  rates since our interest  expense would increase at a faster rate than
our interest  income.  Our  earnings  may also be  adversely  affected by rising
interest rates due to decreased  customer demand.  Although we attempt to reduce
this risk by primarily originating  adjustable-rate loans ("ARMs"), the rates on
such loans are fixed for set periods of time (e.g., one year). In addition,  the
terms of such loans do not permit us to increase the rate more than 2.0% at each
rate  adjustment  or above a fixed  "ceiling  rate." We may also  experience  an
increase  in  delinquencies  on our ARMs  when  interest  rates  rise  since the
payments that borrowers are then required to pay will increase.

                                      - 3 -



     The  average  life of  loans  and  mortgage-backed  securities  can also be
affected by changes in interest rates. As interest rates decline, borrowers tend
to refinance higher-rate, fixed-rate loans at lower rates. We also experience an
increase in prepayments on  mortgage-backed  securities as the loans  underlying
such securities are prepaid. Since rates will have declined, we will not be able
to reinvest such  prepayments  in assets  earning  interest rates as high as the
rates  on the  prepaid  loans or  mortgage-backed  securities.  As a result  our
interest income could decline.

Our future growth and  profitability  may be limited by competition and economic
conditions in our market area.

     Our primary market area consists of Madisonville  and surrounding  areas of
Hopkins County,  Kentucky. While the City of Madisonville has experienced steady
population  growth,  population  growth in Hopkins County has historically  been
below that of the  Commonwealth of Kentucky and the United States as a whole and
its  population  is projected  to decline  slightly  over the next  decade.  Our
ability to make new loans in our market  area may be limited to the extent  that
the rate of population growth is flat or declines.  Further,  the Hopkins County
unemployment  rate is higher and median household income ($28,586) is lower than
for Kentucky as a whole  ($35,927) and the United States  ($47,065).  Within our
market area,  we compete for loans and deposits  with  several  other  financial
institutions.  Most  competing  institutions  may have  resources  substantially
greater than ours and may  therefore be able to offer a greater  variety of loan
and deposit accounts which could give them a competitive advantage over us. Such
competition could adversely affect us in the future.  See "Business of Community
First Bank --Competition."

The loss of our chief executive officer could hurt our operations.

     Our successful  operations depend to a considerable degree on our President
and Chief Executive  Officer,  William M. Tandy.  The loss of his services could
adversely  affect us. We have attempted to provide for his continued  employment
with us by entering into a three-year  employment  agreement with Mr. Tandy. Mr.
Tandy,  however,  could terminate his employment at any time. We do not maintain
key man life insurance on Mr. Tandy.  See  "Management of Community  First Bank"
and " --Executive Compensation -- Employment and Severance Agreements."

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws include anti-takeover provisions which,
together with statutory anti-takeover  provisions to which we are subject, could
discourage hostile acquisitions of control.

     Provisions  in the  Company's  articles of  incorporation  and bylaws,  the
General  Corporation  Law  of  the  State  of  Maryland,   and  certain  federal
regulations  may make it  difficult,  and  expensive,  to pursue a tender offer,
change in control or takeover attempt which we oppose. As a result, stockholders
who  might  desire  to  participate  in  such a  transaction  may  not  have  an
opportunity  to do so.  Such  provisions  will also  render  the  removal of the
current  Board of Directors or  management  of the Company  more  difficult.  In
addition,  these  provisions  may reduce the trading  price of our stock.  These
provisions  include:  restrictions  on the  acquisition of the Company's  equity
securities and limitations on voting rights;  staggered terms for members of the
Board of

                                      - 4 -



Directors;  removal  of  directors  only for cause  and by an 80% vote;  certain
provisions relating to meetings of stockholders;  denial of cumulative voting by
stockholders  in the election of directors;  the issuance of preferred stock and
additional   shares  of  common  stock   without   shareholder   approval;   and
super-majority provisions for the approval of certain business combinations. The
OTS has  recently  indicated  that it will  strictly  enforce  regulations  that
prohibit  any person  from  acquiring  or offering to acquire 10% or more of our
stock during the three years  following the conversion  without OTS  permission.
See "Restrictions on Acquisitions of the Company."

We intend to remain independent after the conversion and you should not expect a
takeover premium for our common stock in the near future.

     We have operated as an independent,  community-oriented savings institution
since  1923.  It is our  intention  to  continue  to operate  as an  independent
community oriented financial institution following the Conversion.  Accordingly,
you are  urged  not to  subscribe  for  shares  of our  common  stock if you are
anticipating  a rapid sale by us to a third  party.  See  "Business of Community
Bancorp, Inc."

     Also due to our intention to remain  independent,  we have included certain
provisions in our articles of  incorporation  and bylaws which will assist us in
maintaining  our status as an  independent,  publicly owned  corporation.  These
provisions as well as the Maryland  General  Corporation Law and certain federal
regulations may have certain anti-takeover  effects which include:  restrictions
on the acquisition of the Company's equity  securities and limitations on voting
rights of 10% or greater holders; the classification of the terms of the members
of  the  Board  of  Directors;   certain  provisions  relating  to  meetings  of
stockholders;  denial of cumulative  voting by  stockholders  in the election of
directors; the issuance of preferred stock and additional shares of common stock
without stockholder approval; and super-majority  provisions for the approval of
certain  business  combinations.  The Company has also  elected to be subject to
certain  provisions  of Maryland  law which allow  publicly  held  companies  to
restrict the rights of stockholders to call special  meetings and fill vacancies
on the Board.  The OTS has  recently  indicated  that it will  strictly  enforce
regulatory  restrictions  on  the  acquisition  of  10%  or  more  of a  savings
association's  stock  during the first three  years  following  conversion.  See
"Restrictions  on  Acquisitions of the Company." As a result,  stockholders  who
might wish to  participate  in a change of control  transaction  may not have an
opportunity to do so.

Expected  voting  control by management and employees  could enable  insiders to
prevent a merger that might otherwise  provide  stockholders a premium for their
shares.

     The proposed  purchases of the common stock by our  directors and executive
officers  (estimated to be approximately  37,600 shares, or 15.57% of the shares
to be outstanding  assuming  241,500 shares are sold),  as well as the potential
acquisition  of common  stock  through  the Option  Plan and MRP,  could make it
difficult to obtain majority support for stockholder proposals which are opposed
by our  directors,  officers and  employees.  In  addition,  the voting of those
shares  could enable us to block the approval of  transactions  (i.e.,  business
combinations  and  amendment  to  our  articles  of  incorporation  and  bylaws)
requiring the approval of 80% of the stockholders  under the Company's  articles
of incorporation. See "Management of Community First Bank -- Executive

                                      - 5 -



Compensation  --  Future  Stock  Benefit  Plans  --  Stock  Option  Plan,"  " --
Management  Recognition Plan," "Description of Capital Stock," and "Restrictions
on Acquisitions of the Company."

The  implementation  of  stock-based  benefit  plans may dilute  your  ownership
interest.

     If the conversion is completed and  stockholders  subsequently  approve the
MRP and Option Plan, we will issue stock to our officers and  directors  through
these  plans.  If the  shares for the MRP and  Option  Plan are issued  from our
authorized but unissued stock, your ownership  percentage could be diluted by up
to  approximately  12.3% and the trading price of our stock may be reduced.  See
"Pro Forma Data,"  "Management  of Community  First Bank -- Future Stock Benefit
Plans -- Stock Option Plan," and " -- Management Recognition Plan."

Your  subscriptions  for common stock  cannot be modified or canceled  except in
limited circumstances.

     The offering is being conducted as a minimum/maximum best efforts offering.
Therefore,  once investors have submitted their subscription orders, such orders
may not be modified or canceled  without our consent,  unless the  conversion is
not  completed  by  __________,  2003 (or 45 days  after the  completion  of the
Subscription  Offering  if the  Subscription  Offering  is extended to a date no
later than __________, 2003). See "The Conversion -- Payment for Shares."

We have broad discretion in allocating the net proceeds of the offering.

     While there are certain  limits under federal law regarding the  allocation
of the net proceeds,  management has broad  discretion in determining the manner
of use of the net proceeds retained by the Company. Such proceeds will initially
be invested in a deposit with the Bank or other short-term  investments and will
be available  for a variety of corporate  purposes,  including  acquisitions  of
stock for our stock benefit plans, other future acquisitions and diversification
of business,  additional capital  contributions and dividends to stockholders to
the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  regulations.  However,  there  can be no
assurance  that in the future  management  will apply the net  proceeds to these
purposes.

There  may be  adverse  tax  consequences  as a result  of your  receipt  of the
subscription rights.

     We have  received the opinion of Feldman  Financial  that the  subscription
rights granted to eligible  members in connection  with the  conversion  have no
value.  This opinion is not binding on the  Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS"),
however.  Should  the  IRS  determine  that  the  subscription  rights  do  have
ascertainable  value,  you could be taxed as a result of your  exercise  of such
rights in an amount equal to such value.



                                      - 6 -



                               RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

     The tables below set forth certain selected  financial data for the Bank at
the dates and for the periods indicated.  The data as of March 31, 2003, and for
the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2002 is unaudited,  but in the opinion
of management reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals,
considered  necessary  for a fair  presentation.  Certain  ratio  data  has been
annualized. The financial condition data at December 31, 2002 is derived in part
from,  and is qualified in its entirety by reference  to, the audited  Financial
Statements and Notes thereto included  elsewhere herein.  The financial data for
the three  months  ended March 31,  2003 is not  necessarily  indicative  of the
operating results to be expected for the entire fiscal year.



                                                                           At March 31,   At December 31,
                                                                              2003             2002
                                                                           ------------   ---------------
                                                                                   (In thousands)
                                                                                    
Financial Condition Data:
    Assets .............................................................   $ 32,534         $ 29,968
    Loans receivable, net ..............................................     27,742           25,710
    Cash and cash equivalents ..........................................      1,290              758
    Investment securities:
        Available-for-sale .............................................         --               --
        Held-to-maturity ...............................................      1,890            1,902
    Deposits ...........................................................     30,634           28,128
    Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank ...............................         --               --
    Total equity .......................................................      1,807            1,749




                                                                           Three Months Ended March 31,
                                                                           ----------------------------
                                                                              2003             2002
                                                                           ------------   -------------
                                                                                  (In thousands)
                                                                                    
Operations Data:
    Interest income ....................................................   $    519         $    451
    Interest expense ...................................................        197              251
        Net interest income ............................................        322              200
    Provision for loan losses ..........................................         19                6
        Net interest income after provision for loan losses ............        303              194
    Other income .......................................................         43               42
    Other expenses .....................................................        288              250
        Income (loss) before federal income tax
            expense (benefit) ..........................................         58              (14)
    Federal income tax expense (benefit) ...............................         --               --
        Net income (loss) ..............................................   $     58         $    (14)



                                      - 7 -




                                                                                    At or for the
                                                                             Three Months Ended March 31,
                                                                             ----------------------------
                                                                               2003                2002
                                                                             --------            --------
                                                                                          
Performance Ratios:
    Return on average assets (net income (loss) divided by
        average total assets)........................................          0.72%             (0.18)%
    Return on average equity (net income (loss) divided by
        average equity)..............................................          13.09              (3.00)
    Interest rate spread (combined weighted average
        rate earned less combined weighted average
        interest rate cost)..........................................           4.23                3.43
    Net interest margin (net interest income divided by
        average interest-earning assets).............................           4.24                2.76
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average
        interest-bearing liabilities.................................         103.80              108.84
    Ratio of noninterest expense to average total assets.............           3.55                3.32

Asset Quality Ratios:
    Nonperforming assets to total assets at end of period............           0.09                0.51
    Nonperforming loans to total loans at end of period..............           0.10                0.70
    Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period........           0.45                0.47
    Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans at
        end of period................................................         427.59               67.31
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding.....................          0.004               0.018

Capital Ratios:
    Equity to total assets at end of period..........................           5.55                5.97
    Average equity to average assets.................................           5.49                6.18
    Tangible capital.................................................           5.55                5.97
    Core capital.....................................................           5.55                5.97
    Total risk-based capital.........................................          10.53               13.20





                                      - 8 -



Results of Operations

     The Bank earned net income of $58,000 for the three  months ended March 31,
2003 as compared to a net loss of $14,000 for the three-month period ended March
31,  2002.  The Bank's net income for the first three months of fiscal year 2003
reflects management's ongoing efforts to restore the Bank to profitability.  The
Bank  reported  increased  net  interest  income as the Bank  continued to shift
assets from investment  securities to higher yielding loans. Net interest income
for the three months  ended March 31, 2003  increased by $122,000 as compared to
the same period in 2002. During the three months ended March 31, 2003, net loans
averaged  $27.6 million for the period as compared to $22.1  million  during the
first three months of fiscal year 2002.  While interest rates  decreased  during
this  period,  interest  income  increased  by $68,000  primarily  due to higher
outstanding  loan balances.  Net interest  income also  benefitted  from reduced
deposit  costs  in  the  lower  interest  rate  environment  as  higher  costing
certificates of deposit  matured.  Accordingly,  interest  expense  decreased by
$54,000. Also contributing to the Bank's improved operating results was a $1,000
increase  in other  income as the Bank  continued  to enhance  fee  income.  The
improvements in net interest income and other income were partially offset by an
increase in other expense  attributable  to higher  occupancy  and  compensation
expense.

Financial Condition

     The  Bank's  total  assets as of March  31,  2003 were  $32.5  million,  an
increase of $2.6 million from  December 31, 2002's level of $30.0  million.  The
increase was due to growth in the loan portfolio. Net loans receivable increased
by $2.0 million,  or 7.8%,  which  reflected our  continued  marketing  efforts.
Liabilities  increased by $2.5 million, or 8.89%, to $30.7 million due primarily
to a $2.5  million,  or 8.9%,  increase  in deposits  as the Bank  continued  to
attract  deposits  locally at favorable  rates.  The $58,000  increase in equity
reflected  our  earnings  for the  period.  At March 31,  2003,  the Bank was in
compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements with tangible and
core  capital  equal to 5.55% of  adjusted  total  assets  and total  risk-based
capital equal to 10.53% of risk-weighted assets.










     This document contains  forward-looking  statements which involve risks and
uncertainties.  The Company's actual results may differ  significantly  from the
results discussed in the forward- looking  statements.  Factors that might cause
such a  difference  include,  but are not limited to,  those  discussed in "Risk
Factors" beginning on page 1 of this document.

     Please  see  the  Glossary  beginning  on  page  A-1  for  the  meaning  of
capitalized terms that are not defined in this document.


                                      - 9 -



                           FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This  prospectus  contains   forward-looking   statements,   which  can  be
identified  by the  use of  such  words  as  "estimate,"  "project,"  "believe,"
"intend," "anticipate," "plan," "seek," "expect" and similar expressions.  These
forward-looking statements include:

     o    statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

     o    statements  regarding our business  plans and prospects and growth and
          operating strategies;

     o    statements  regarding  the asset  quality  of our loan and  investment
          portfolios; and

     o    estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

     These  forward  looking   statements  are  subject  to  significant  risks,
assumptions  and  uncertainties,  including,  among other things,  the following
important factors that could affect the actual outcome of future events:

     o    significantly   increased   competition  among  depository  and  other
          financial institutions;

     o    inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our
          margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;

     o    general economic conditions,  either nationally or in our market area,
          that are worse than expected;

     o    adverse changes in the securities markets;

     o    legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business;

     o    our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth
          opportunities;

     o    changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

     o    changes in accounting policies and practices, including those that may
          be  adopted  by  the  bank  regulatory   agencies  and  the  Financial
          Accounting Standards Board; and

     o    changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans.

     Because of these and other uncertainties,  our actual future results may be
materially  different  from  the  results  indicated  by  these  forward-looking
statements. We discuss these and other uncertainties in "Risk Factors" beginning
on page 1.

                                     - 10 -



             PROPOSED PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The following table sets forth the approximate purchases of common stock by
each director and executive officer and their associates in the conversion.  All
such shares will be acquired for  investment  purposes  and not for resale.  The
table assumes that 241,500 shares (the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range)
of the common stock will be sold at $10.00 per share and that sufficient  shares
will be available to satisfy their subscriptions.




                                                                                  Aggregate      Percent
                                                                     Total        Price of      of Shares
                                                                  Shares to be     Shares         to be
Name                               Position                        Purchased      Purchased     Purchased
- ----                               --------                        ---------      ---------     ---------

                                                                                   
William M. Tandy                   Chairman of the Board,           1,000         $  10,000      0.41%
                                   President, Chief Executive
                                   Officer and Director
Ralph T. Teague                    Vice Chairman of the Board       5,000            50,000      2.07%
                                   and Director
Michael D. Wortham                 Vice President, Secretary,         100             1,000      0.04%
                                   Treasurer and Director
Marilyn A. Locke                   Vice President                   1,000            10,000      0.41%
Paul W. Arison                     Director                         2,500            25,000      1.04%
Charlotte E. Baldwin               Director                         2,500            25,000      1.04%
Steven E. Carson                   Director                         5,000            50,000      2.07%
Charles G. Ramsey                  Director                         6,500            65,000      2.69%
J. Craig Riddle                    Director                        10,000           100,000      4.14%
Charles B. Vaughn                  Director                         4,000            40,000       1.66%

All directors and executive                                        37,600          $376,000      15.57%
officers as a group (10
persons)



                                     - 11 -



                          COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.

     The  Company  was  formed as a  Maryland  corporation  in March 2003 at the
Bank's our direction for the purpose of serving as its holding company after the
conversion.  Prior to the  conversion,  the  Company  has not engaged and is not
expected to engage in any  material  operations.  The Company has  received  the
approval of the OTS to acquire  control of us upon completion of the conversion.
Upon consummation of the conversion,  the only assets the Company is expected to
own are the capital stock the Bank will issue in the conversion and any proceeds
from the offering it retains.

     As a holding  company,  the Company will have greater  flexibility than the
Bank would have to diversify  its business  activities  through the formation of
subsidiaries or through acquisition. The Company will be classified as a unitary
savings and loan holding  company after the  conversion  and will be required to
comply with OTS regulations and be subject to examination.

     The Company's  offices are located at 240 South Main Street,  Madisonville,
Kentucky, and its main telephone number is (270) 821-7211.

                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

     The Bank is a federal mutual  savings bank operating  through one office in
Madisonville,  Kentucky. It was founded in 1923 as the Madisonville Building and
Loan Association. The Bank converted to a federal mutual savings bank charter in
2002 and adopted its current name. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan
Bank ("FHLB")  System.  Its deposits are insured up to applicable  limits by the
Savings  Association  Insurance Fund ("SAIF") of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  ("FDIC").  At December 31, 2002, the Bank had total assets of $30.0
million, total deposits of $28.1 million and total equity of $1.7 million.

     The Bank's  principal  business  consists of  attracting  deposits from the
general public and originating  residential mortgage loans. The Bank also offers
commercial and multi-family loans, various types of consumer loans and a limited
number of commercial business loans.

     The  Bank's  executive  offices  are  located  at 240  South  Main  Street,
Madisonville, Kentucky and our main telephone number is (270) 821-7211. The Bank
also maintains a website at www.cfbky.com.  You should not consider  information
on the Bank's website to be part of this prospectus.



                                     - 12 -


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The  Company  will retain 5% of the net  proceeds  from the  offering.  The
balance will be used to purchase all of the capital stock the Bank will issue in
connection with the conversion. The net proceeds retained by the Company will be
used to pay its ongoing  expenses  and will be invested in a deposit  account at
the Bank.

     The  funds  the Bank  receives  from the sale of its  capital  stock to the
Company  will be added  to the  Bank's  general  funds  and be used for  general
corporate purposes  including funding loan commitments,  investment in mortgages
and other loans and purchasing  U.S.  Government and federal agency  securities.
After  completion  of the  Conversion,  the Bank expects to use a portion of the
proceeds to fund a trust to  purchase up to a number of shares  equal to 4.0% of
the shares sold in the offering to fund the MRP. However,  initially,  we intend
to invest the proceeds in short-term  investments  until the Bank can deploy the
proceeds into higher yielding loans.  The funds added to the Bank's capital will
further strengthen its capital position.

     Set forth below is our estimate of the net proceeds from the offering along
with our  estimate  of the  portion of the net  proceeds  to be  retained by the
Company.  The net proceeds may vary because the total expenses of the conversion
may be more or less than those estimated. We expect our estimated expenses to be
$285,000.

                                                                   Maximum,
                                             Minimum             as adjusted
                                           of 178,500             of 277,725
                                            shares at             shares at
                                        $10.00 per share       $10.00 per share
                                        ----------------       ----------------

Gross offering proceeds................    $1,785,000            $2,777,250
Less estimated offering expenses.......       285,000               285,000
     Net offering proceeds.............    $1,500,000            $2,492,250





                                                                Minimum               Maximum, as adjusted
                                                         ---------------------      ------------------------
                                                           Amount      Percent        Amount         Percent
                                                           ------      -------        ------         -------

                                                                                       
Allocation of Net Proceeds:

   Purchase of Bank common stock by Company............. $1,425,000    95.0%        $2,367,637       95.0%

   Proceeds retained by Company.........................     75,000     5.0            124,613        5.0


     The net proceeds will also vary if the number of shares to be issued in the
conversion  is adjusted to reflect a change in our  estimated  pro forma  market
value.  Payments  for shares made  through  withdrawals  from  existing  deposit
accounts  with  the  Bank  will not  result  in the  receipt  of new  funds  for
investment but will result in a reduction of liabilities and interest expense as
funds are transferred from interest-bearing certificates or accounts.

     For a  period  of at  least  one  year  following  the  completion  of  the
conversion, we will not pay any dividends that would be construed as a return of
capital nor take any actions to pursue or propose such dividends.

                                     - 13 -



                                    DIVIDENDS

     We do not anticipate  paying cash dividends  following the conversion.  The
Board of Directors  believes that it is preferable for the Bank to retain future
earnings to as great a degree as possible to finance future growth and expansion
of its business. We will periodically review the possible adoption of a dividend
policy  but do not  anticipate  paying  dividends  for the  foreseeable  future.
Because the Company  will only retain a small  amount of net  proceeds  from the
Offering,  it will be unable  to pay  dividends  unless  the Bank is able to pay
dividends.  The Bank must obtain OTS approval to pay a dividend in excess of its
year-to-date  earnings plus its retained  earnings for the prior two years.  The
Bank is further  prohibited  from  paying a dividend  that would  cause it to be
undercapitalized  or would  reduce  its  regulatory  capital  below  the  amount
required for its  liquidation  account.  See  "Historical  and Pro Forma Capital
Compliance,"  "The  Conversion  --  Effects  of  Conversion  to  Stock  Form  on
Depositors  and Borrowers of Community  First Bank --  Liquidation  Account" and
"Regulation -- Dividend and Other Capital Distribution Limitations."

     In addition to the  foregoing,  the portion of our earnings which have been
appropriated  for bad debt reserves and deducted for federal income tax purposes
cannot be used to pay cash  dividends  to the  Company  without  the  payment of
federal  income  taxes by us at the then  current  income tax rate on the amount
deemed  distributed,  which would include the amount of any federal income taxes
attributable to the distribution.  See "Taxation -- Federal Taxation" and Note 9
to the Financial  Statements.  The Company does not contemplate any distribution
by the  Bank  that  would  result  in a  recapture  of the bad debt  reserve  or
otherwise create federal tax liabilities.

     Although the Company is not subject to OTS regulatory  restrictions  on the
payment  of  dividends  to its  stockholders,  the  Company  is  subject  to the
requirements  of the Maryland  corporation  law. Under the Maryland  corporation
law, the Company may not declare or pay dividends or make other distributions of
money or property  on its  outstanding  shares,  if after  giving  effect to the
distribution,  the  Company  would  not be able to pay  its  indebtedness  as it
becomes due in the usual  course of business or the  Company's  assets  would be
less than the sum of its total  liabilities plus the amount that would be needed
to satisfy  the  preferential  rights upon  dissolution  of  stockholders  whose
preferential   rights  on  dissolution  are  superior  to  those  receiving  the
distribution.



                                     - 14 -



                           MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     We do not  expect an active  trading  market to develop  for the  Company's
common  stock.  Since the Company has never  issued  common stock to the public,
there  is  no  current  established  market  for  the  common  stock.  Following
completion of the Offering, the Company anticipates that its stock will trade in
the  over-the-counter  market under the symbol  "CFBI" with price and  quotation
information  available on the OTC Bulletin Board. The Company intends to request
that Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  undertake to match offers to buy and offers
to sell the common  stock.  Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. has no obligation to
match  offers to buy and offers to sell and may cease  doing so at any time.  In
addition, the existence of a public trading market will depend upon the presence
in the market of both willing buyers and willing  sellers at any given time. The
presence  of a  sufficient  number of buyers and  sellers at any given time is a
factor over which neither the Company nor any broker or dealer has control.  Due
to the  relatively  small number of shares of common stock being  offered in the
conversion and the concentration of ownership,  it is unlikely that an active or
liquid trading  market will develop or be  maintained.  The absence of an active
and liquid  trading  market may make it  difficult  for you to sell your  common
stock  and may  have  an  adverse  effect  on the  price  of the  common  stock.
Purchasers  should  consider  the  potentially  illiquid and long term nature of
their investment in the shares offered hereby.

     The  aggregate  price of the  common  stock is  based  upon an  independent
appraisal of the pro forma market value of the common stock. However,  there can
be no  assurance  that you will be able to sell the common stock you purchase in
the conversion at or above the price you paid for your shares.

                                     - 15 -



                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The following table presents our historical  capitalization  as of December
31, 2002 and the pro forma  consolidated  capitalization  of the  Company  after
giving  effect to the  conversion,  based  upon the sale of the number of shares
shown  below and the other  assumptions  set forth  under "Pro Forma  Data." The
Common Stock is being sold on a best efforts basis.  The offering will not close
unless the minimum number of shares are sold.




                                                   Capitalization                Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization of
                                                       of the          the Company at December 31, 2002 Based on the Sale of:(1)
                                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Bank at     178,500 Shares  210,000 Shares   241,500 Shares    277,725 Shares
                                                    December 31,      at $10.00      at $10.00        at $10.00         at $10.00
                                                        2002          per share      per share        per share         per share
                                                    ------------   --------------   -------------   --------------   ---------------
                                                                                    (In thousands)
                                                                                                         
Deposits(1)......................................      $28,128         $28,128         $28,128          $28,128           $28,128
FHLB advances....................................           --              --              --               --                --
Other borrowings.................................           --              --              --               --                --
                                                       -------         -------         -------          -------           -------
     Total deposits and borrowed funds...........      $28,128         $28,128         $28,128          $28,128           $28,128
                                                       =======         =======         =======          =======           =======

Capital stock
  Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share:
    authorized - 1,000,000 shares;
    assumed outstanding - none                         $    --         $    --         $    --          $    --           $    --
  Common stock, $0.01 par value per share
    authorized - 5,000,000 shares;
    shares to be outstanding - as shown..........           --               2               2                2                 3
Paid-in capital(2)...............................           --           1,498           1,813            2,128             2,489
Less:  Common stock acquired by MRP(3)...........           --            (71)            (84)             (97)             (111)
Retained earnings -- substantially restricted....        1,749           1,749           1,749            1,749             1,749
                                                       -------         -------         -------          -------           -------
     Total stockholders' equity..................      $ 1,749         $ 3,178         $ 3,480          $ 3,782           $ 4,130
                                                       =======         =======         =======          =======           =======


- -----------------
(1)  Withdrawals  from savings  accounts for the purchase of stock have not been
     reflected  in these  adjustments.  Any  withdrawals  will  reduce pro forma
     capitalization by the amount of such withdrawals.
(2)  Based upon the  estimated  net proceeds from the sale of capital stock less
     the par value of shares sold.
(3)  See footnote 1 to the table in "Pro Forma Data."


                                     - 16 -



                   HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     The following table shows the Bank's  historical  capital position relative
to its  regulatory  capital  requirements  as of December  31, 2002 and on a pro
forma basis after giving effect to the conversion and based upon the sale of the
number of shares  shown  below and the other  assumptions  set forth  under "Pro
Forma Data." The  definitions  of the terms used in the table are those provided
in the capital  regulations  issued by the OTS. For a discussion  of the capital
standards  applicable  to us,  see  "Regulation  --  Regulation  of the  Bank --
Regulatory Capital Requirements."




                                                                      Pro Forma at December 31, 2002 Based on Sale of:(1)
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                    277,725 Shares
                                                      178,500 Shares      210,000 Shares       241,500 Shares        at Adjusted
                                    Historical at        Minimum of       at Midpoint of       at Maximum of          Maximum of
                                  December 31, 2002   Offering Ranges     Offering Ranges     Offering Ranges      Offering Ranges
                                  -----------------  -----------------   -----------------   -----------------    ------------------
                                         Percent of         Percent of          Percent of           Percent of           Percent of
                                  Amount  Assets(2)  Amount  Assets(2)   Amount  Assets(2)   Amount   Assets(2)   Amount   Assets(2)
                                  ------ ----------  ------ ----------   ------ ----------   ------  ----------   ------  ----------
                                                                       (In thousands)
                                                                                             
Capital under generally accepted
    accounting principles ......  $1,749    5.83%    $3,103    9.90%    $3,389     10.72%    $3,676    11.52%     $4,005     12.42%

Tangible capital ...............  $1,749    5.83%    $3,103    9.90%    $3,389     10.72%    $3,676    11.52%     $4,005     12.42%
Tangible capital requirement ...     450    1.50        470    1.50        474      1.50        479     1.50         484      1.50
    Excess .....................  $1,299    4.33%    $2,633    8.40%    $2,915      9.22%    $3,197    10.02%     $3,522     10.92%

Core capital ...................  $1,749    5.83%    $3,103    9.90%    $3,389     10.72%    $3,676    11.52%     $4,005     12.42%
Core capital requirement .......   1,199    4.00      1,254    4.00      1,265      4.00      1,276     4.00       1,290      4.00
    Excess .....................  $  550    1.83%    $1,849    5.90%    $2,124      6.72%    $2,399     7.52%     $2,716      8.42%

Risk-based capital .............  $1,855   11.12%    $3,209   18.41%    $3,495     19.87%    $3,782    21.30%     $4,111     22.92%
Risk-based capital requirement .   1,335    8.00      1,395    8.00      1,408      8.00      1,420     8.00       1,435      8.00
    Excess .....................  $  520    3.12%    $1,814   10.41%    $2,088     11.87%    $2,361    13.30%     $2,676     14.92%


- ------------------

(1)  Assumes  that 95% of net  proceeds  are  invested  in the Bank and the Bank
     invests those funds in  short-term  securities  that have a  risk-weighting
     equal to the  Bank's  ratio of  risk-weighted  assets  to total  assets  at
     December  31,  2002.  Assumes  that the MRP  Trust to be funded by the Bank
     purchases a number of shares equal to 4.0% of the shares sold at $10.00 per
     share and that capital is reduced by this amount. If the MRP is required to
     pay a higher price to acquire the shares, capital would be further reduced.

(2)  Based on our total assets  determined under generally  accepted  accounting
     principles  for equity  purposes and adjusted total assets for the purposes
     of  the  tangible  and  core  capital  requirements  ($30.0 million,  $31.3
     million, $31.6 million, $31.9 million, and $32.2 million,  respectively, at
     December  31,  2002  and on a pro  forma  basis at the  minimum,  midpoint,
     maximum and maximum,  as adjusted,  of the Estimated  Valuation  Range) and
     risk-weighted  assets for the purpose of the risk-based capital requirement
     ($16.7  million,  $17.4  million,  $17.6  million,  $17.8 million and $17.9
     million, respectively, at December 31, 2002 and on a pro forma basis at the
     minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and  maximum,  as adjusted,  of the  Estimated
     Valuation Range).

                                     - 17 -



                                 PRO FORMA DATA

     The  actual  net  proceeds  from the sale of the  common  stock  cannot  be
determined  until  the  conversion  is  completed.  However,  net  proceeds  are
currently  estimated to be between  $1,785,000 and $2,777,250 at the minimum and
maximum, as adjusted, of the Estimated Valuation Range, based upon the following
assumptions: (i) all of the shares will be sold in the Subscription or Community
Offering; and (ii) expenses,  including the marketing and success fee of $70,000
to be paid  to  Keefe,  Bruyette  &  Woods,  Inc.,  printing  costs,  legal  and
accounting fees, appraisal fees and other miscellaneous  expenses will amount to
$285,000.  Actual conversion expenses may vary from this assumption.  The shares
are being sold on a best efforts  basis.  The offering will not close unless the
minimum number of shares is sold.

     The following  table shows our  historical  net earnings and  stockholders'
equity prior to the  conversion  and the pro forma  consolidated  net income and
stockholders'  equity  of  the  Company  following  the  conversion.  Pro  forma
consolidated net income and stockholders'  equity have been calculated as if the
common stock to be issued in the  conversion  had been sold at the  beginning of
the year and the estimated  net proceeds had been  invested at 1.32%,  which was
approximately  equal to the  one-year  U.S.  Treasury  bill rate at December 31,
2002. The one-year U.S. Treasury bill rate, rather than an arithmetic average of
the average yield on interest-earning  assets and average rate paid on deposits,
has been used to estimate income on net proceeds  because it is believed that it
is a more accurate  estimate of the rate that would be obtained on an investment
of net proceeds from the offering. In calculating pro forma income, an effective
state and federal income tax rate of 37% has been assumed, resulting in an after
tax yield of 0.86%. Withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares
are not  reflected  in the pro forma  adjustments.  As  discussed  under "Use of
Proceeds," the Company  expects to retain 5.0% of the net  conversion  proceeds.
The Pro Forma Data assumes that the Bank will fund a trust that will  purchase a
number of shares  equal to 4.0% of the shares  issued in the  conversion  in the
open market for the MRP. No effect has been given in the pro forma stockholders'
equity calculation for the assumed earnings on the net proceeds.  Historical and
pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing  historical and pro
forma amounts by the indicated number of shares.

     The stockholders'  equity information is not intended to represent the fair
market  value  of the  common  stock,  or the  current  value of our  assets  or
liabilities, or the amounts, if any, that would be available for distribution to
stockholders in the event of liquidation.  For additional  information regarding
the liquidation  account,  see "The Conversion -- Effects of Conversion to Stock
Form on  Depositors  and  Borrowers  of  Community  First  Bank  --  Liquidation
Account."  The pro forma  income  derived from the  assumptions  set forth above
should not be considered  indicative of the actual results of our operations for
any period.  Such pro forma data may be  materially  affected by a change in the
price per share or number of shares to be issued in the  conversion and by other
factors.


                                     - 18 -





                                                           At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Maximum, as
                                                    Minimum of    Midpoint of   Maximum of     Adjusted, of
                                                      178,500       210,000      241,500          277,725
                                                      Shares         Shares       Shares          Shares
                                                     at $10.00     at $10.00    at $10.00        at $10.00
                                                     Per Share     Per Share    Per Share        Per Share
                                                     ---------     ---------    ---------        ---------
                                                       (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

                                                                                 
Gross proceeds .................................   $   1,785      $   2,100     $   2,415      $   2,777
Less: Estimated offering expenses ..............        (285)          (285)         (285)          (285)
                                                   ---------      ---------     ---------      ---------
   Estimated net conversion proceeds ...........   $   1,500      $   1,815     $   2,130      $   2,492
                                                   =========      =========     =========      =========

Less: Common stock acquired by MRP .............   $     (71)     $     (84)    $     (97)     $    (111)
                                                   ---------      ---------     ---------      ---------
   Estimated investable net proceeds ...........   $   1,429      $   1,731     $   2,033      $   2,381
                                                   =========      =========     =========      =========

Net Income:
   Historical net income .......................   $     (84)     $     (84)    $     (84)     $     (84)
   Pro forma adjustments:
     Net income on net proceeds ................          12             14            17             20
     MRP(1) ....................................          (9)           (11)          (12)           (14)
                                                   ---------      ---------     ---------      ---------
        Pro forma net income ...................   $     (81)     $     (81)    $     (79)     $     (78)
                                                   =========      =========     =========      =========

Net income per share:(2)
   Historical net income .......................   $   (0.47)     $   (0.40)    $   (0.35)     $   (0.30)
   Pro forma adjustments:
     Net income on net proceeds ................        0.07           0.07          0.07           0.07
     MRP(1) ....................................       (0.05)         (0.05)        (0.05)         (0.05)
                                                   ---------      ---------     ---------      ---------
        Pro forma net income per share .........   $   (0.45)     $   (0.38)    $   (0.33)     $   (0.28)

Number of shares ...............................     178,500        210,000       241,500        277,725
                                                   =========      =========     =========      =========

Stockholders' equity (book value):(2)
   Historical ..................................   $   1,749      $   1,749     $   1,749      $   1,749
   Estimated net conversion proceeds ...........       1,500          1,815         2,130          2,492
     LessCommon Stock acquired by MRP(1) .......         (71)           (84)          (97)          (111)
                                                   ---------      ---------     ---------      ---------
        Pro forma stockholders' equity .........   $   3,178      $   3,480     $   3,782      $   4,130
                                                   =========      =========     =========      =========

Stockholders' equity per share:(2)
   Historical ..................................   $    9.80      $    8.33     $    7.24      $    6.30
   Estimated net conversion proceeds ...........        8.40           8.64          8.82           8.97
     LessCommon stock acquired by MRP(1) .......       (0.40)         (0.40)        (0.40)         (0.40)
                                                   ---------      ---------     ---------      ---------
        Pro forma stockholders' equity per share   $   17.80      $   16.57     $   15.66      $   14.87
                                                   =========      =========     =========      =========

Price to pro forma earnings multiple ...........          NA             NA            NA             NA
                                                   =========      =========     =========      =========
Price to pro forma book value per share(2) .....       56.18%         60.35%        63.86%         67.25%
                                                   =========      =========     =========      =========


                                                        (Footnotes on next page)



                                     - 19 -



(footnotes continued from previous page)

     ------------------  (1) Assumes the Company  issues 4.0% of the shares sold
in the  offering to the MRP and the purchase  price for the shares  purchased by
the MRP was equal to the  purchase  price of $10 per share and 20% of the amount
contributed  was  an  amortized   expense  during  such  period.  As  we  accrue
compensation  expense to reflect  the  five-year  vesting  period of such shares
pursuant to the MRP, the charge against capital will be reduced accordingly.  In
calculating  the pro forma  effect of the MRP,  an  effective  state and federal
income tax rate of 37% has been  assumed.  Implementation  of the MRP within one
year of  conversion  would  require  regulatory  and  stockholder  approval at a
meeting  of our  stockholders  to be held no earlier  than six months  after the
conversion.  For  purposes  of this  table,  it is assumed  that the MRP will be
adopted by the Board of  Directors,  reviewed  by the OTS,  and  approved by the
stockholders,  and that the MRP will  purchase  the  shares  in the open  market
within the year following the conversion  using funds  contributed to the MRP by
the Bank.  If the shares to be  purchased  by the MRP are  assumed at January 1,
2002,  to be newly  issued  shares  purchased  from the Company at the  minimum,
midpoint,  maximum and maximum,  as adjusted,  of the Estimated Valuation Range,
pro forma stockholders' equity per share would have been $17.11, $15.93, $15.06,
and  $14.30  at  December  31,  2002,  respectively.  As a  result  of the  MRP,
stockholders'  interests will be diluted by approximately  3.9%. See "Management
of Community First Bank -- Future Stock Benefit Plans -- Management  Recognition
Plan."  (2)  Consolidated  stockholders'  equity  represents  the  excess of the
carrying value of the assets over its  liabilities.  The  calculations are based
upon the number of shares issued in the conversion, without giving effect to SOP
93-6.  The amounts shown do not reflect the federal income tax  consequences  of
the potential  restoration to income of the tax bad debt reserves for income tax
purposes, which would be required in the event of liquidation. The amounts shown
also do not  reflect  the amounts  required  to be  distributed  in the event of
liquidation to eligible  depositors from the  liquidation  account which will be
established  upon the  consummation of the conversion.  Pro forma  stockholders'
equity  information  is not intended to  represent  the fair market value of the
shares,  the current value of our assets or liabilities or the amounts,  if any,
that  would be  available  for  distribution  to  stockholders  in the  event of
liquidation.  Such pro forma data may be materially  affected by a change in the
number of shares to be sold in the conversion and by other factors.


                                     - 20 -



                                 THE CONVERSION

     The OTS has approved the Plan subject to the Plan's  approval by the Bank's
members at a special  meeting of  members,  and subject to the  satisfaction  of
certain  other  conditions  imposed by the OTS in its  approval.  OTS  approval,
however,  does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the Plan by the
OTS.

General

     On March  13,  2003,  the  Bank's  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a plan of
conversion,  pursuant to which the Bank will convert from a federally  chartered
mutual  savings bank to a federally  chartered  stock  savings bank and become a
wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.  The conversion will include adoption of
the proposed  Federal Stock Charter and Bylaws which will authorize the issuance
of capital stock by the Bank.  Under the Plan, the Bank's capital stock is being
sold to the Company and the common stock of the Company is being  offered to our
customers and then to the public.

     The OTS has approved the Company's application to become a savings and loan
holding  company and to acquire all of the Bank's  capital stock to be issued in
the  conversion.  Pursuant to such OTS  approval,  the Company plans to retain a
portion of the net  proceeds  from the sale of shares of common stock and to use
the  remainder to purchase  all of the capital  stock the Bank will issue in the
conversion.

     The shares are first being offered in a Subscription Offering to holders of
subscription rights. To the extent shares of common stock remain available after
the  Subscription  Offering,  we may offer shares of common stock in a Community
Offering.  The Community  Offering,  if any, may begin anytime subsequent to the
beginning  of  the  Subscription  Offering.  Shares  not  subscribed  for in the
Subscription and Community Offerings may be offered for sale by the Company in a
Syndicated  Community  Offering.  We have the right, in our sole discretion,  to
accept or reject,  in whole or in part, any orders to purchase  shares of common
stock  received in the Community and  Syndicated  Community  Offering.  See " --
Community Offering" and " -- Syndicated Community Offering."

     We must sell common  stock in an amount equal to our pro forma market value
as a stock savings  institution in order for the conversion to become effective.
The  Subscription  Offering  is  scheduled  to end on June  __,  2003 but may be
extended in the  discretion of  management to _________,  2003. We must complete
the  Community  Offering  within 45 days after the last day of the  Subscription
Offering (__________,  2003 or ___________, 2003 if the Subscription Offering is
extended  to  _________,  2003),  unless we extend  such  period  and obtain the
approval  of the OTS to do so. If the  Company  sells  any  shares of stock in a
Syndicated  Community  Offering,  that offering must be completed by __________,
2003  (or  ___________,  2003  if  the  Subscription  Offering  is  extended  to
_________,  2003),  unless we extend such period and obtain the  approval of the
OTS to do so. The Plan provides that the conversion must be completed  within 24
months after the date of the approval of the Plan by our members.


                                     - 21 -



     In the event that we are unable to  complete  the sale of common  stock and
effect the conversion within 45 days after the end of the Subscription Offering,
we may request an extension of the period by the OTS. We cannot  assure you that
the  extension  would be  granted if  requested,  nor can we assure you that our
valuation  would not  substantially  change  during any such  extension.  If the
Estimated  Valuation Range of the shares must be amended,  we cannot assure that
the OTS would approve such amended Estimated Valuation Range.  Therefore,  it is
possible that if the conversion  cannot be completed within the requisite period
of time, we may not be permitted to complete the conversion. A substantial delay
caused by an extension of the period may also significantly increase the expense
of the conversion.  We cannot sell any shares of common stock unless the Plan is
approved by our members.

     The  completion of the offering is subject to market  conditions  and other
factors  beyond our control.  We cannot give you any assurances as to the length
of time  following  approval of the Plan at the meeting of our members that will
be required to complete the Community Offering or other sale of the shares being
offered in the  conversion.  If we  experience  delays,  our estimated pro forma
market  value  upon  conversion  could  change   significantly,   together  with
corresponding  changes in the offering price and the net proceeds to be realized
by us from the sale of the shares. In the event we terminate the conversion,  we
would be required to charge all conversion  expenses  against current income and
promptly  return any funds  collected  by us in the  offering to each  potential
investor, plus interest at the passbook rate.

Effects of  Conversion  to Stock Form on  Depositors  and Borrowers of Community
First Bank

     Voting  Rights.  Currently in its mutual form, the Bank's  depositors  have
voting  rights  and may  vote  for the  election  of  directors.  Following  the
conversion, depositors will cease to have voting rights.

     Deposit  Accounts and Loans.  The conversion  will not affect the balances,
terms and FDIC insurance coverage of deposit accounts,  nor will the amounts and
terms  of  loans  and  obligations  of  the  borrowers  under  their  individual
contractual arrangements with us be affected.

     Tax Effects. We have received an opinion from our counsel,  Malizia Spidi &
Fisch,  PC, on the federal tax  consequences of the conversion.  The opinion has
been filed as an exhibit to the registration  statement of which this prospectus
is a part  and  covers  those  federal  tax  matters  that are  material  to the
transaction. The opinion provides that:

     o    the  conversion  will  qualify  as  a  reorganization   under  Section
          368(a)(1)(F) of the Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized by us
          by reason of the proposed conversion;

     o    no gain or loss will be  recognized  by us upon the  receipt  of money
          from Community First Bancorp,  Inc. for our stock, and no gain or loss
          will be recognized by Community  First Bancorp,  Inc. upon the receipt
          of money for the shares;


                                     - 22 -



     o    no gain or loss will be  recognized by the Eligible  Account  Holders,
          Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  and Other  Members upon the
          issuance to them of withdrawable  savings  accounts in us in the stock
          form in the same dollar amount as their savings  accounts in us in the
          mutual form plus an interest in the  liquidation  account of us in the
          stock form in exchange for their savings  accounts in us in the mutual
          form; and

     o    no gain or  loss  will be  recognized  by  Eligible  Account  Holders,
          Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  and Other  Members upon the
          distribution  to them of the  nontransferable  subscription  rights to
          purchase shares of common stock.

     The fourth opinion  described above is predicated on  representations  from
Community  First Bank and  Community  First  Bancorp,  Inc. that no person shall
receive any payment,  whether in money or  property,  in lieu of the issuance of
subscription rights. That opinion is based on the position that the subscription
rights to purchase shares of common stock received by Eligible  Account Holders,
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  and Other  Members have a fair market
value of zero. In reaching their second opinion described above, Malizia Spidi &
Fisch, PC has noted that the  subscription  rights will be granted at no cost to
the recipients,  will be legally non-  transferable  and of short duration,  and
will  provide the  recipients  with the right only to purchase  shares of common
stock at the same  price to be paid by  members  of the  general  public  in any
community  offering.  Malizia Spidi & Fisch,  PC believes that it is more likely
than not that the fair  market  value of the  subscription  rights  to  purchase
common stock is zero.

     If the  non-transferable  subscription  rights to purchase common stock are
subsequently  found to have a fair market  value,  income may be  recognized  by
various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases,  whether or not
the  rights  are  exercised),  and we may be  taxed on the  distribution  of the
subscription rights.

     We are also subject to Kentucky  income taxes and have  received an opinion
from EKW &  Associates,  llp that the  conversion  will be treated for  Kentucky
state tax purposes  similar to the treatment of the  conversion  for federal tax
purposes.

     Unlike a private  letter ruling from the IRS, the opinions of Malizia Spidi
& Fisch, PC have no binding effect or official  status,  and no assurance can be
given that the  conclusions  reached in any of those opinions would be sustained
by a court if contested by the IRS or the  Kentucky  tax  authorities.  Eligible
Account Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  and Other Members are
encouraged to consult with a tax advisor as to their own personal tax situation.

     Liquidation   Account.  In  the  unlikely  event  of  the  Bank's  complete
liquidation  in its present  mutual  form,  each  depositor is entitled to equal
distribution of any of the Bank's assets, pro rata to the value of his accounts,
remaining after payment of claims of all creditors  (including the claims of all
depositors to the withdrawal value of their accounts). Each depositor's pro rata
share of such remaining  assets would be in the same  proportion as the value of
his deposit  accounts was to the total value of all deposit accounts in the Bank
at the time of liquidation.


                                     - 23 -



     Upon a complete liquidation after the conversion, each depositor would have
a claim, as a creditor,  of the same general priority as the claims of all other
general creditors of ours.  Therefore,  except as described below, a depositor's
claim would be solely in the amount of the balance in his deposit  account  plus
accrued  interest.  A depositor would not have an interest in the residual value
of our assets above that amount if any.

     The  Plan  provides  for the  establishment,  upon  the  completion  of the
conversion,  of a special  "liquidation  account"  for the  benefit of  Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to
the Bank's net worth as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition
in the  Prospectus.  Each  Eligible  Account  Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holder,  if he continues to maintain his deposit account with the Bank,
would be entitled on a complete liquidation of the Bank after conversion,  to an
interest in the liquidation  account prior to any payment to stockholders.  Each
Eligible  Account  Holder  would have an initial  interest  in such  liquidation
account  for  each  deposit  account  held in the Bank on the  qualifying  date,
December  31,  2001.  Each  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder would have a
similar  interest as of the qualifying  date, March 31, 2003. The interest as to
each deposit  account would be in the same  proportion of the total  liquidation
account as the balance of the deposit account on the qualifying dates was to the
aggregate  balance in all the deposit  accounts of Eligible  Account Holders and
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders on such qualifying dates. However, if the
amount in the deposit account on any annual closing date is less than the amount
in such account on the respective  qualifying  dates,  then the interest in this
special  liquidation  account  would be  reduced  from time to time by an amount
proportionate  to any such  reduction,  and the interest would cease to exist if
such  deposit  account  were  closed.  The  interest in the special  liquidation
account  will never be  increased  despite any  increase in the related  deposit
account after the respective qualifying dates.

     A merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another
depository  institution is not considered a liquidation.  In such  transactions,
the liquidation account must be assumed by the surviving institution.

Subscription Rights and the Subscription Offering

     In accordance with OTS regulations, non-transferable subscription rights to
purchase  shares of the  common  stock  have been  granted  to all  persons  and
entities  entitled to purchase  shares in the  Subscription  Offering  under the
Plan.  The number of shares which these parties may purchase will be determined,
in part, by the total number of shares to be issued and by the  availability  of
the shares  for  purchase  under the  categories  set forth in the Plan.  If the
Community  Offering,  as described  below,  extends beyond 45 days following the
completion of the  Subscription  Offering,  we will  resolicit  subscribers  and
permit them to increase,  decrease or rescind their orders. In the event of such
a  resolicitation,   subscriptions   will  be  refunded  unless  the  subscriber
affirmatively   elects  to  continue  his  or  her  subscription.   Subscription
priorities have been  established for the allocation of stock to the extent that
shares are available  after  satisfaction  of all  subscriptions  of all persons
having prior rights and subject to the maximum and minimum purchase  limitations
set forth in the Plan and as described below under " -- Limitations on Purchases
of Shares." The following priorities have been established:

                                     - 24 -



     Category 1: Eligible  Account  Holders at December 31, 2001.  Each Eligible
Account  Holder (which  collectively  encompasses  all names on a joint account)
will  receive  non-transferable  subscription  rights  on a  priority  basis  to
purchase up to the greater of 5,000  shares  ($50,000)  or a  percentage  of the
shares sold equal to 15 times the percentage of qualifying  deposits held by the
Eligible  Account Holder on the Eligibility  Record Date. A minimum of 25 shares
must be subscribed for by any subscriber.  If there are  insufficient  shares to
satisfy the orders of all Eligible  Account  Holders,  shares shall be allocated
among  subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holders so as to permit each such account
holder,  to the extent  possible,  to  purchase  the lesser of 100 shares or the
total amount of his subscription.  Any shares remaining shall be allocated among
the subscribing  Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis,  related to the
amounts  of their  respective  qualifying  deposits  as  compared  to the  total
qualifying  deposits of all subscribing  Eligible Account Holders.  Subscription
rights  received by persons who were  officers  and  directors  for the one-year
period  preceding  December 31, 2001 (other than Mr.  Tandy),  in this  category
based on their increased  deposits in us during that period, are subordinated to
the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders.  See " -- Limitations
on Purchases and Transfer of Shares."

     Category 2: Tax Qualified Employee Stock Ownership Plans. Our Plan reserves
subscription  rights to  purchase  up to 10% of the total  shares  issued in the
conversion to all Tax Qualified Employee Stock Ownership Plans.  However,  we do
not currently  intend to implement any  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock  Ownership
Plans in the conversion.

     Category 3:  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders at March 31, 2003. Each
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder (which collectively  encompasses all names
on a  joint  account)  who  is not  an  Eligible  Account  Holder  will  receive
non-transferable  subscription  rights to  purchase  up to the  greater of 5,000
shares  ($50,000)  or a  percentage  of the  shares  sold  equal to 15 times the
percentage of  qualifying  deposits held by the  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder on the Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date. A minimum of 25 shares must
be subscribed for by any  subscriber.  If the allocation  made in this paragraph
results in an  over-subscription,  shares shall be allocated  among  subscribing
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such account holder,
to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the total amount
of his  subscription.  Any shares not so allocated  shall be allocated among the
subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis, related
to the amounts of their respective  qualifying deposits as compared to the total
qualifying  deposits of all subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders.
See " -- Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares."

     The right of Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders to subscribe for shares
is subordinate to the rights of the Eligible  Account  Holders and Tax Qualified
Employee Stock Ownership Plans to subscribe for shares.

     Category  4:  Other  Members at May __,  2003.  Each  Other  Member  (which
collectively  encompasses  all names on a joint  account) who is not an Eligible
Account  Holder  or  Supplemental   Eligible   Account   Holder,   will  receive
non-transferable subscription rights to purchase up to 5,000 shares ($50,000) to
the extent such shares are available following subscriptions by Eligible

                                     - 25 -



     Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders. A minimum of 25
shares  must be  subscribed  for by any  subscriber.  In the event there are not
enough shares to fill the orders of the Other Members,  the subscriptions of the
Other  Members will be allocated so that each  subscribing  Other Member will be
entitled to purchase  the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares  ordered.
Any remaining  shares will be allocated among Other Members whose  subscriptions
remain  unsatisfied on a reasonable basis. See " -- Limitations on Purchases and
Transfer of Shares."

     Members in Non-Qualified  States. We will make reasonable efforts to comply
with the  securities  laws of all states in the United  States in which  persons
entitled to subscribe for the shares  pursuant to the Plan reside.  However,  no
person  will be offered or allowed to purchase  any shares  under the Plan if he
resides  in a foreign  country  or in a state  with  respect to which any of the
following apply: (i) a small number of persons  otherwise  eligible to subscribe
for shares  under the Plan  reside in that state or  foreign  country;  (ii) the
granting of  subscription  rights or offer or sale of shares of common  stock to
those persons would  require  either us or our employees to register,  under the
securities  laws of that state or foreign  country,  as a broker or dealer or to
register or otherwise  qualify our  securities for sale in that state or foreign
country;  or (iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for
reasons  of cost or  otherwise.  We will  not make  any  payment  in lieu of the
granting of subscription rights to any person.

     Restrictions  on Transfer of  Subscription  Rights and Shares.  Persons are
prohibited from  transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to
transfer the legal or beneficial  ownership of their subscription  rights.  Only
the person to whom they are granted may  exercise  subscription  rights and only
for his account.  Each person subscribing for shares will be required to certify
that he is purchasing shares solely for his own account and has not entered into
an agreement or  understanding  regarding  the sale or transfer of those shares.
The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement
of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares
of common stock prior to the completion of the conversion.

     We will  pursue any and all legal and  equitable  remedies  in the event we
become  aware of the transfer of  subscription  rights and will not honor orders
believed by us to involve the transfer of subscription rights.

     Expiration  Date.  The  Subscription  Offering  will  expire at 12:00 p.m.,
Central Time, on June __, 2003 unless  extended in the  discretion of management
to no later than ____________, 2003. Subscription rights will become void if not
exercised  prior  to the  Expiration  Date  (or  the  date  to  which  it may be
extended).

Community Offering

     To the extent that shares remain  available for purchase  after filling all
orders  received in the  Subscription  Offering,  we may offer  shares of common
stock to certain  members of the general public residing in Kentucky and certain
other states with a preference to natural  persons and trusts of natural persons
residing in Hopkins County, Kentucky under such terms and conditions as may

                                     - 26 -



be established by the Board of Directors. In the Community Offering, the minimum
purchase is 25 shares,  and no person,  together with  associates of and persons
acting in  concert  with such  persons,  may  purchase  more than  5,000  shares
($50,000).

     We may begin the  Community  Offering  at any time  after the  Subscription
Offering has begun. The Community Offering may expire at any time without notice
but no later than 12:00 p.m.,  Central Time,  on  ___________,  2003,  unless we
extend it with the  permission  of the OTS to a date not later than  __________,
2003  (or  ___________,  2003  if  the  Subscription  Offering  is  extended  to
_________,  2003).  Purchases of shares in the Community Offering are subject to
our right in our sole discretion, to accept or reject such purchases in whole or
in part  either at the time and receipt of an order,  or as soon as  practicable
following the completion of the Community Offering.

     In the event  Community  Offering  orders are not filled,  we will promptly
refund funds  received by us with interest at our passbook rate. In the event an
insufficient  number of shares are available to fill all orders in the Community
Offering,  the  available  shares  will  be  allocated  on  an  equitable  basis
determined by the Board of Directors, provided however that a preference will be
given to natural  persons  residing in Hopkins County,  Kentucky.  If regulatory
approval is received to extend the Community  Offering  beyond 45 days following
the completion of the Subscription  Offering,  subscribers will be affirmatively
resolicited.  Shares sold in the  Community  Offering will be sold at $10.00 per
share.

Syndicated Community Offering

     The Plan provides  that, if necessary,  we may offer shares of common stock
not  purchased  in the  Subscription  and  Community  Offerings  for sale to the
general  public  in a  Syndicated  Community  Offering  through a  syndicate  of
selected  dealers to be formed and managed by Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. No
individual  purchaser  together with any associate or group of persons acting in
concert  may  purchase  more  than  5,000  shares  ($50,000)  in the  Syndicated
Community  Offering.  Neither Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. nor any registered
broker-dealer will be obligated to take or purchase any shares in the Syndicated
Community Offering, although Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has agreed to use its
best efforts in the sales of shares in any Syndicated Community Offering. Shares
sold in the Syndicated  Community  Offering will be sold at the Purchase  Price.
See " -- Stock Pricing."

     The Syndicated  Community Offering,  if any, will terminate no more than 45
days following completion of the Subscription Offering,  unless the OTS approves
an extension for up to an additional 90 days. In the event of such an extension,
subscribers will be resolicited.

Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares

     The Plan provides for certain additional  limitations to be placed upon the
purchase of the shares in the conversion.

     o    The minimum purchase is 25 shares.

                                     - 27 -




     o    The maximum number of shares of common stock which may be purchased in
          the Community Offering by any person shall not exceed 5,000 shares, or
          $50,000.

     o    The maximum  number of shares of common stock which may be  subscribed
          for or purchased in all  categories  in the offering by any person (or
          persons through a single account) together with any associate or group
          of  persons  acting in  concert  shall not exceed the lesser of 10,000
          shares (or $100,000) or 5% of the total number of shares issued).

     o    Officers and directors and their  associates may not purchase,  in the
          aggregate,  more  than  35%  of  the  shares  issued  pursuant  to the
          conversion.

     If the number of shares of common stock  otherwise  allocable to any person
or that person's  associates  would be in excess of the maximum number of shares
permitted as set forth above,  the number of shares of common stock allocated to
that person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that person,
and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a person and
that person's  associates  shall be reduced so that the aggregate  allocation to
that person and his associates complies with the above maximums, and the maximum
number of shares shall be  reallocated  among that person and his  associates in
proportion to the shares  subscribed by each (after first  applying the maximums
applicable to each person, separately).

     Depending on market  conditions and the results of the offering,  the Board
of Directors  may increase or decrease any of the purchase  limitations  without
the  approval  of our members and  without  resoliciting  subscribers.  The Plan
permits  the  Board  to  increase  the  maximum  purchase   limitations  in  the
Subscription  and/or Community Offering up to 9.9% of the shares of common stock
sold in the offering.  The total number of orders for shares exceeding 5% of the
shares may not  exceed,  in the  aggregate,  10% of the shares to be sold in the
Offering.  If the maximum purchase limitation is increased,  persons who ordered
the maximum amount will be given the first opportunity to increase their orders.
In doing so, the preference categories in the offerings will be followed.

     In the event of an  increase in the total  number of shares  offered in the
conversion due to an increase in the Estimated Valuation Range of up to 15% (the
"Adjusted  Maximum"),  the additional  shares will be allocated in the following
order of  priority:  (i) in the  event  that  there is an  over-subscription  by
Eligible Account Holders, to fill unfulfilled  subscriptions of Eligible Account
Holders  exclusive of the Adjusted  Maximum;  (ii) in the event that there is an
over- subscription by Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, to fill unfulfilled
subscriptions to Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exclusive of the Adjusted
Maximum; (iii) in the event that there is an over-subscription by Other Members,
to fill  unfulfilled  subscriptions  of Other Members  exclusive of the Adjusted
Maximum; and (iv) to fill unfulfilled subscriptions in the Community Offering to
the extent possible, exclusive of the Adjusted Maximum.



                                     - 28 -



     The term "acting in concert" means

     (i)  knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent  conscious
          parallel  action  towards a common goal  whether or not pursuant to an
          express agreement; or

     (ii) a  combination  or  pooling  of  voting  or  other  interests  in  the
          securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract,
          understanding,  relationship,  agreement or other arrangement, whether
          written or otherwise.

     We may presume that certain persons are acting in concert based upon, among
other things, joint account  relationships,  common account and/or addresses and
the fact that such  persons  have filed  joint  Schedule  13Ds with the SEC with
respect to other companies.

     The term "associate" of a person means

     o    any  corporation or  organization  (other than us or a  majority-owned
          subsidiary  of ours) of which such  person is an officer or partner or
          is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any
          class of equity securities,

     o    any  trust or other  estate in which  such  person  has a  substantial
          beneficial  interest or as to which such person  serves as director or
          in a similar  fiduciary  capacity  (excluding  tax-qualified  employee
          stock  benefit  plans and non  tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit
          plans), and

     o    any  relative or spouse of such person or any relative of such spouse,
          who has the same home as such  person or who is a director  or officer
          of us, or any of our subsidiaries.

     For example,  a corporation of which a person serves as an officer would be
an  associate  of that  person,  and  therefore  all  shares  purchased  by that
corporation  would be  included  with the  number of shares  which  that  person
individually could purchase under the above limitations.

     The term "officer" may include our chairman of the board,  president,  vice
presidents  in charge of  principal  business  functions,  and any other  person
performing similar functions.  All references herein to an officer have the same
meaning as used for an officer in the Plan.

     The term "residing," as used in relation to the preference afforded natural
persons in Hopkins  County,  Kentucky,  means any natural  person who occupies a
dwelling within Hopkins County, has an intention to remain within Hopkins County
(manifested by establishing a physical, on-going, non-transitory presence within
Hopkins  County),  and continues to reside in Hopkins  County at the time of the
offering. We may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided
to us to make the determination  whether a person is residing in Hopkins County.
Such determination will be in our sole discretion.

     To order shares in the conversion, persons must certify that their purchase
does not conflict with the purchase limitations.  In the event that the purchase
limitations are violated

                                     - 29 -



by any  person  (including  any  associate  or group of  persons  affiliated  or
otherwise  acting  in  concert  with  such  persons),  we will have the right to
purchase from that person at $10.00 per share all shares acquired by that person
in excess of the purchase  limitations.  If the excess  shares have been sold by
that  person,  we may  recover  the  profit  from the sale of the shares by that
person.  We may  assign our right  either to  purchase  the excess  shares or to
recover the profits from their sale.

     Shares of common stock purchased  pursuant to the conversion will be freely
transferable,  except for shares  purchased by our directors  and officers.  For
certain restrictions on the shares purchased by directors and officers, see " --
Restrictions  on Sales and  Purchases of Shares by Directors  and  Officers." In
addition, under guidelines of the NASD, members of the NASD and their associates
are subject to certain  restrictions on the transfer of securities  purchased in
accordance with subscription  rights and to certain reporting  requirements upon
purchase of such securities.

Ordering and Receiving Shares

     Use of Order Forms.  Subscription rights to subscribe may only be exercised
by completion of an original  order form.  Facsimiles of order forms will not be
accepted.  Persons ordering shares in the Subscription  Offering must deliver by
mail or in person a properly  completed and executed  original  order form to us
prior to the  Expiration  Date.  Order forms must be accompanied by full payment
for all shares ordered.  See " -- Payment for Shares." No wire transfers will be
accepted. Subscription rights under the Plan will expire on the Expiration Date,
whether or not we have been able to locate each person  entitled to subscription
rights.  Once  submitted,  subscription  orders  cannot be revoked  without  our
consent unless the conversion is not completed  within 45 days of the Expiration
Date.

     Persons and entities not  purchasing  shares in the  Subscription  Offering
may,  subject to  availability,  purchase  shares in the  Community  Offering by
returning  to us a completed  and properly  executed  order form along with full
payment for the shares ordered.

     In the event an order form:

     o    is not  delivered  and is returned to us by the United  States  Postal
          Service or we are unable to locate the addressee;

     o    is not received or is received after the Expiration Date;

     o    is defectively completed or executed; or

     o    is not  accompanied  by full  payment  for the shares  subscribed  for
          (including  instances where a savings  account or certificate  balance
          from which withdrawal is authorized is insufficient to fund the amount
          of such required payment),

     the  subscription  rights  for the  person  to whom such  rights  have been
granted will lapse as though that person  failed to return the  completed  order
form within the time period specified. We

                                     - 30 -



may, but will not be required to,  waive any  irregularity  on any order form or
require  the  submission  of  corrected  order forms or the  remittance  of full
payment  for  subscribed  shares by such date as we  specify.  The  waiver of an
irregularity  on an  order  form  in no way  obligates  us to  waive  any  other
irregularity on that, or any irregularity on any other, order form. Waivers will
be considered on a case by case basis. Photocopies of order forms, payments from
private third  parties,  or electronic  transfers of funds will not be accepted.
Our  interpretation  of  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Plan  and  of the
acceptability of the order forms will be final. We have the right to investigate
any irregularity on any order form.

     As part of the order form you will be required  to execute a  certification
stating  that you are aware  that the common  stock is not a deposit  and is not
federally  insured or guaranteed.  You will also be required to certify that you
have received this prospectus and you are aware that there are risks  associated
with the  purchase of common  stock.  We are required by federal  regulation  to
obtain this  certification  and we may not sell any shares to you if you are not
able or willing  to  execute  this  certification.  You will not be waiving  any
rights under the federal Securities Act by executing this certification.

     To ensure  that each  purchaser  receives  a  prospectus  at least 48 hours
before the Expiration  Date in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 of the Exchange Act,
no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or hand
delivered  any later than two days prior to such  date.  Execution  of the order
form will confirm  receipt or delivery in  accordance  with Rule  15c2-8.  Order
forms will only be distributed with a prospectus.

     Payment for Shares. Payment for shares of common stock may be made:

     o    in cash, if delivered in person;

     o    by check or money order;

     o    by authorization  of withdrawal from savings accounts  (including time
          certificates) maintained with us; or

     o    by an IRA not held by us.

     Appropriate  means by which such withdrawals may be authorized are provided
in the order  form.  Once such a  withdrawal  has been  authorized,  none of the
designated withdrawal amount may be used by the subscriber for any purpose other
than to  purchase  the shares.  Where  payment  has been  authorized  to be made
through  withdrawal  from a savings  account,  the sum authorized for withdrawal
will  continue to earn interest at the contract  rate until the  conversion  has
been completed or terminated. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable
to  certificate  accounts  will not  apply  to  withdrawals  authorized  for the
purchase of shares;  however,  if a partial  withdrawal results in a certificate
account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the
certificate  evidencing the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook
savings account rate  subsequent to the withdrawal.  Payments made in cash or by
check or money order will be placed in a segregated savings account and interest
will be paid by us at our passbook savings account rate from the date payment is
received until the conversion is completed or

                                     - 31 -



terminated.  An executed  order form,  once received by us, may not be modified,
amended,  or  rescinded  without  our  consent,  unless  the  conversion  is not
completed within 45 days after the conclusion of the Subscription  Offering,  in
which case  subscribers  may be given an opportunity to increase,  decrease,  or
rescind their order.  In the event that the conversion is not  consummated,  all
funds  submitted  pursuant  to the  offering  will  be  refunded  promptly  with
interest.

     Owners of  self-directed  IRAs may use the assets of such IRAs to  purchase
shares in the offering,  provided  that such IRAs are not  maintained on deposit
with  us.  Persons  with  IRAs  maintained  with us  must  have  their  accounts
transferred to an  unaffiliated  institution or broker to purchase shares in the
offering.  The Stock Information Center can assist you in transferring your self
directed IRA. Because of the paperwork involved, persons owning IRAs with us who
wish to use their IRA account to purchase stock in the Offering must contact the
Stock Information Center no later than __________, 2003.

     Delivery of Stock Certificates.  Certificates representing shares of common
stock issued in the  conversion  will be mailed to the  person(s) at the address
noted on the order form as soon as  practicable  following  consummation  of the
conversion.  Any  certificates  returned  as  undeliverable  will be held  until
properly  claimed or otherwise  disposed.  Persons  ordering shares might not be
able to sell their shares until they receive their stock certificates.

     Federal  regulations  prohibit us from lending funds or extending credit to
any person to purchase shares in the conversion.

Marketing Arrangements

     We have engaged Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. as our financial advisor in
connection  with the  offering.  Keefe,  Bruyette  & Woods,  Inc.  has agreed to
exercise  its  best  efforts  to  assist  us in the  sale of the  shares  in the
offering.  As  compensation,  Keefe,  Bruyette  & Woods,  Inc.  will  receive  a
management  fee in the amount of $20,000  and a success  fee of $50,000  payable
upon successful completion of the conversion.  If shares are offered for sale in
a Syndicated Community Offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will organize and
manage the syndicate of selected  broker-dealers.  The  commission to be paid to
any such  selected  broker-dealers  will be at a rate to be agreed to jointly by
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and us. Fees paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
and to any other broker-dealer may be deemed to be underwriting fees, and Keefe,
Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and such broker-dealers may be deemed to be underwriters.
Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. will also be reimbursed  for allocable  expenses
incurred  by them,  including  legal  fees.  Keefe,  Bruyette  &  Woods,  Inc.'s
reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses other than legal fees will not exceed $5,000
and its reimbursable  legal fees will not exceed $25,000.  If the conversion and
the offering are not completed  because we do not receive  subscriptions for the
minimum number of shares,  Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. will receive only the
management fee and out-of-pocket  expenses actually incurred.  We have agreed to
indemnify  Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. for reasonable  costs and expenses in
connection  with certain claims or liabilities  which might be asserted  against
Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods, Inc. This  indemnification  covers the  investigation,
preparation  of defense and defense of any action,  proceeding  or claim arising
out of the  conversion or action taken by Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. as our
agent or  relating  to  misrepresentation  or breach of  warranty of the written
agreement among Keefe, Bruyette &

                                     - 32 -



Woods,  Inc.  and us or the  omission  or alleged  omission  of a material  fact
required to be stated or necessary in the prospectus or other documents.

     The shares will be offered principally by the distribution of this document
and through  activities  conducted at a Stock Information  Center located at our
office.  The Stock  Information  Center is expected to operate during our normal
business hours throughout the offering. A registered  representative employed by
Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will be working at, and supervising the operation
of, the Stock Information Center.  Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will assist us
in  responding  to  questions  regarding  the  conversion  and the  offering and
processing order forms.  Our personnel will be present in the Stock  Information
Center to assist Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc.  with  clerical  matters and to
answer questions related solely to our business.

Stock Pricing

     We have retained Feldman Financial,  an independent economic consulting and
appraisal firm, which is experienced in the evaluation and appraisal of business
entities,  including savings institutions involved in the conversion process, to
prepare an  appraisal  of our  estimated  pro forma  market  value.  We will pay
Feldman  Financial a fee of $12,500 for  preparing the appraisal and $2,000 each
for  any  updates  and  will   reimburse   Feldman   Financial  for   reasonable
out-of-pocket  expenses.  We have agreed to indemnify  Feldman  Financial  under
certain  circumstances  against liabilities and expenses arising out of or based
on any  misstatement  or untrue  statement of a material  fact  contained in the
information supplied by us to Feldman Financial.

     Feldman  Financial  prepared the appraisal in reliance upon the information
contained herein, including the financial statements.  The appraisal contains an
analysis of a number of factors,  including,  but not limited to, our  financial
condition and operating  trends,  the  competitive  environment  within which we
operate,  operating trends of certain savings  institutions and savings and loan
holding  companies,  relevant  economic  conditions,  both nationally and in the
Commonwealth  of Kentucky which affect the  operations of savings  institutions,
and stock market values of certain savings  institutions.  In addition,  Feldman
Financial  has advised us that it has  considered  the effect of the  additional
capital  raised by the sale of the shares on our  estimated  aggregate pro forma
market value.

     On the  basis  of the  above,  Feldman  Financial  has  determined,  in its
opinion,  that as of May 5, 2003 our estimated  aggregate pro forma market value
was $2,100,000. OTS regulations require, however, that the appraiser establish a
range of value for the stock to allow for fluctuations in the aggregate value of
the stock due to changing  market  conditions  and other  factors.  Accordingly,
Feldman Financial has established the Estimated  Valuation Range from $1,785,000
to $2,415,000 for the offering.  The Estimated  Valuation  Range will be updated
prior to  consummation  of the conversion and the Estimated  Valuation Range may
increase to $2,777,250.

     The Board of Directors has reviewed the  independent  appraisal,  including
the stated methodology of the independent  appraiser and the assumptions used in
the preparation of the independent appraisal.  The Board of Directors is relying
upon the expertise, experience and independence of the appraiser.

                                     - 33 -



     In order for stock sales to be completed, Feldman Financial must confirm to
the OTS that, to the best of Feldman Financial's knowledge and judgment, nothing
of a material  nature has  occurred  which  would  cause  Feldman  Financial  to
conclude that the Purchase  Price on an aggregate  basis was  incompatible  with
Feldman  Financial's  estimate of our pro forma  market value of us in converted
form at the time of the  sale.  If,  however,  the facts do not  justify  such a
statement, an amended Estimated Valuation Range may be established.

     The appraisal is not a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of
purchasing  these shares.  In preparing  the  appraisal,  Feldman  Financial has
relied  upon  and  assumed  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  financial  and
statistical  information provided by us. Feldman Financial did not independently
verify the financial  statements and other  information  provided by us, nor did
Feldman Financial value independently our assets and liabilities.  The appraisal
considers  us  only as a going  concern  and  should  not be  considered  as our
liquidation value.  Moreover,  because the appraisal is based upon estimates and
projections of a number of matters which are subject to change, the market price
of the common stock could decline below $10.00.

Change in Number of Shares to be Issued in the Conversion

     Depending on market and financial  conditions at the time of the completion
of the Subscription and Community  Offerings,  we may significantly  increase or
decrease the number of shares to be issued in the conversion. In the event of an
increase in the  valuation,  we may  increase  the total  number of shares to be
issued in the conversion. An increase in the total number of shares to be issued
in the conversion would decrease a subscriber's  percentage  ownership  interest
and the pro forma net worth (book  value) per share and  increase  the pro forma
net income and net worth (book value) on an aggregate  basis.  In the event of a
material reduction in the valuation,  we may decrease the number of shares to be
issued to reflect the reduced  valuation.  A decrease in the number of shares to
be issued in the conversion would increase a subscriber's  percentage  ownership
interest  and the pro forma net worth (book  value) per share and  decrease  pro
forma net income and net worth on an aggregate basis.

     In the  event  a  change  in the  number  of  shares  to be  issued  in the
conversion  results in an offering which is either less than  $1,785,000 or more
than $2,777,250, subscribers will be affirmatively resolicited.

Restrictions on Repurchase of Shares

     Generally,  except in  extraordinary  circumstances,  during the first year
following the conversion,  the Company may not repurchase its shares.  SEC rules
also govern the method,  time,  price, and number of shares of common stock that
may be repurchased by the Company and affiliated purchasers.  If, in the future,
the rules and regulations regarding the repurchase of stock are liberalized, the
Company may utilize the rules and regulations then in effect.


                                     - 34 -



Restrictions on Sales and Purchases of Shares by Directors and Officers

     Shares  purchased by directors  and officers of the Company may not be sold
for one year following  completion of the conversion.  An exception to this rule
is a disposition of shares in the event of the death of the director or officer.
Any shares issued to directors and officers as a stock dividend, stock split, or
otherwise  with  respect  to  restricted  stock  shall  be  subject  to the same
restrictions.

     For three years  following  the  conversion,  directors  and  officers  may
purchase  shares only  through a  registered  broker or dealer.  Exceptions  are
available  only if the OTS has approved the purchase or the purchase is an arm's
length transaction and involves more than one percent of the outstanding shares.
Directors and officers are also allowed to purchase stock through any management
or employee stock benefit plan of ours.

Interpretation and Amendment of the Plan

     We are authorized to interpret and amend the Plan. Our  interpretations are
final. Amendments to the Plan after the receipt of member approval will not need
further member approval unless required by the OTS.

Conditions and Termination

     Completion of the  conversion  requires (i) the approval of the Plan by the
affirmative  vote of not less  than a  majority  of the  total  number  of votes
eligible to be cast by our members;  and (ii)  completion  of the sale of shares
within  24  months  following  approval  of the  Plan by our  members.  If these
conditions are not  satisfied,  the Plan will be terminated and we will continue
our business in the mutual form of  organization.  We may  terminate the Plan at
any time  prior to the  meeting  of  members  to vote on the Plan or at any time
thereafter with the approval of the OTS.

Other

     All statements  made in this document are hereby  qualified by the contents
of the plan of conversion, the material terms of which are set forth herein. The
plan of  conversion is attached to the Proxy  Statement.  Copies of the Plan are
available from us and we should be consulted for further  information.  Adoption
of the Plan by our members  authorizes us to  interpret,  amend or terminate the
Plan.


                                     - 35 -



                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Management's discussion and analysis of financial  condition and results of
operations is intended to assist you in  understanding  our financial  condition
and results of operations.  The  information in this section should also be read
with our Financial Statements and Notes to the Financial  Statements,  which are
included elsewhere in this document.

     The Company has recently  been formed and,  accordingly,  has no results of
operations. The following discussion relates only to our financial condition and
results of operations.

     Our results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which is
determined  by (i) the  difference  between  rates  of  interest  we earn on our
interest-earning  assets  and the rates we pay on  interest-bearing  liabilities
(interest rate spread), and (ii) the relative amounts of interest-earning assets
and interest-bearing liabilities. Our results of operations are also affected by
non- interest expense,  including primarily  compensation and employee benefits,
federal deposit  insurance  premiums and office  occupancy costs. Our results of
operations  also  are  affected   significantly  by  general  and  economic  and
competitive   conditions,   particularly   changes  in  market  interest  rates,
government  policies  and actions of  regulatory  authorities,  all of which are
beyond our control.

     Following the conversion, we believe there will be sufficient demand in our
market area to continue our policy of  emphasizing  lending one- to  four-family
residential  lending.  In  addition,  we  hope  to  expand  our  commercial  and
multi-family real estate lending; however, there is no assurance that we will be
able to do so. See "Business of Community First Bank -- Lending Activities."

Overview

     The Bank has historically followed a conservative business strategy,  using
local deposits to fund residential first mortgages on properties in Madisonville
and the surrounding area. Like many traditional  thrifts,  however, the Bank has
experienced ever-increasing competition for the more credit-worthy borrowers who
have been its principal  customers,  as the  standardization of mortgage lending
has drawn numerous non-bank competitors to the field. The increased  competition
for mortgage  loans not only eroded the Bank's share of the mortgage  market but
also squeezed the overall profitability of mortgage lending.

     As its  mortgage  lending  volume  declined  in the  1990s,  the Bank began
devoting a larger percentage of its assets to investments in U.S. government and
federal agency securities. Because these investments generally have lower yields
than  residential  mortgages,  the Bank found its net interest income  shrinking
until it was no longer adequate to cover its non-interest expenses, and starting
in 1998, the Bank began experiencing  progressively larger operating losses. For
the fiscal years ended March 31, 2001,  2000,  and 1999, the Bank had net losses
of $78,000,  $51,000 and $11,000,  respectively and net interest income declined
from $757,000 to $671,100 during this period.  During 2001, the Bank changed its
fiscal year end to December 31. These losses and the

                                     - 36 -



losses during 2002 and 2001 significantly  eroded the Bank's capital base to the
point  that the  Board  did not  believe  that the  Bank  had  adequate  capital
resources for further growth.

     In 2001, the Board of Directors  engaged an executive search firm to find a
new chief executive officer with experience in bank turn-arounds and Mr. William
Tandy was hired in November of that year. Mr. Tandy had previously been involved
in three bank turn-arounds.

     The Bank has sought to improve the yield on its interest-earning  assets by
shifting a greater  percentage of assets from lower  yielding  investments  into
higher  yielding loans and has begun to diversify the portfolio into  commercial
and  multi-family  real estate loans.  These loans  generally have higher yields
than one-to four-family mortgages but often involve more credit and other risks.
The Bank has  similarly  sought to  control  interest  expense by  reducing  its
reliance on higher rate,  long-term  certificates  of deposit.  As the result of
these efforts,  net interest income has improved from $784,000 in the year ended
December  31,  2001 to  $980,000  in 2002 and our net  interest  rate spread has
improved from 2.73% to 3.44%.

     The Bank also undertook a comprehensive  analysis of its expense  structure
and has sought to pare  unnecessary  expenses.  While  non-interest  expense has
increased and is expected to further  increase as the Bank  expands,  management
believes that its cost-cutting has moderated these increases.

     As a result of the initiatives undertaken to improve profitability over the
last year,  the Bank has been able to record a lower net loss for the year ended
December  31, 2002 than for the prior  year.  The Board of  Directors,  however,
recognizes  that the  long-term  success of the Bank  depends on its  ability to
re-establish  itself as a competitor  within its market  area.  To that end, the
Bank has undertaken  various  initiatives  to improve the Bank's  visibility and
competitiveness, including:

     o    the  introduction  of new products and services,  including  overdraft
          protection,

     o    the  renovation  and  remodeling  of its main  office  to make it more
          attractive and inviting to the public,

     o    the adoption of a new corporate title  emphasizing the Bank's identity
          as a community bank,

     o    the  acquisition  of a  proposed  new  branch  location  in the faster
          growing part of Madisonville, and

     o    the conversion of the Bank from a state building and loan to a federal
          savings bank to enhance its lending and other authorities.

     While the foregoing initiatives have helped raise the Bank's profile within
the community, management does not believe that the Bank can sustain its current
momentum unless it enhances its capital position. The capital raised through the
conversion  will allow the Bank to further grow and diversify its loan portfolio
and position the Bank to extend its presence  into faster  growing  areas of its
market.  The conversion will also permit the Bank to incentivize  management and
employees with  stock-based  compensation  plans.  Finally,  the conversion will
strengthen  the Bank's ties to the  community  by allowing  members of the local
community to become stockholders and thus share in the Bank's future growth.


                                     - 37 -



Critical Accounting Policies

     Accounting  policies  involving  significant  judgments and  assumptions by
management,  which have, or could have, a material  impact on the carrying value
of  certain  assets  and  impact  income,  are  considered  critical  accounting
policies.  The Bank  considers  the  allowance  for loan losses to be a critical
accounting  policy.  There have been no  significant  changes in the  methods or
assumptions used in the accounting  policies that require material estimates and
assumptions.

     The allowance for loan losses is management's estimate of probable inherent
credit losses in the loan and lease  portfolios  at the balance sheet date.  The
Bank determines the allowance based on ongoing  evaluations.  This evaluation is
inherently  subjective  because it requires  material  estimates,  including the
amounts and timing of cash flows  expected  to be  received  on impaired  loans.
Those  estimates may be  susceptible  to  significant  change.  Increases to the
allowance  are  made by  charges  to the  provision  for loan  losses,  which is
reflected  in the  statements  of loss.  Loans  deemed to be  uncollectible  are
charged against the allowance.  Recoveries of loans  previously  charged off are
credited to the allowance.

     The allowance is the accumulation of various components.  All components of
the allowance  represent  estimation  performed pursuant to either SFAS No. 5 or
SFAS No. 114.  Management's  estimate  of each SFAS No. 5 component  is based on
data that  management  believes are most  reflective  of the  underlying  credit
losses  being  estimated.   This  evaluation  includes  credit  quality  trends,
collateral values,  changes in the composition of the portfolio and results from
external bank  regulatory  examinations.  Reserves are provided for consumer and
residential  loans based on average loss experience,  applied to the outstanding
balance in each category.  Specific reserves are determined for loans classified
as special mention, substandard or doubtful. Specific reserves are determined on
a loan by loan basis.

     While  management  uses the best  information  available to  establish  the
allowance for loan losses,  future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary
if conditions  differ  substantially  from the estimates used, or if required by
regulators,  based  upon  information  available  to them at the  time of  their
examinations.  Such adjustments to original estimates, as necessary, are made in
the period in which these  factors and other  relevant  considerations  indicate
that loss levels may vary form previous estimates.

Market/Interest Rate Risk Disclosure

     Qualitative  Disclosure.  Our assets and  liabilities  may be  analyzed  by
examining  the  extent to which our  assets and  liabilities  are  interest-rate
sensitive and by monitoring the expected effects of interest rate changes on our
net portfolio value.

     An asset or liability is interest  rate  sensitive  within a specific  time
period if it will  mature or  reprice  within  that time  period.  If our assets
mature or reprice more quickly or to a greater extent than our liabilities,  our
net  portfolio  value and net  interest  income  would tend to  increase  during
periods of rising interest rates but decrease during periods of falling interest
rates.  Conversely,  if our assets  mature or reprice more slowly or to a lesser
extent than our  liabilities,  our net portfolio  value and net interest  income
would tend to decrease  during  periods of rising  interest  rates but  increase
during periods of falling interest rates. Our policy has been to mitigate

                                     - 38 -



the interest rate risk inherent in the historical savings  institution  business
of originating long-term loans funded by short-term deposits by pursuing certain
strategies  designed to decrease the  vulnerability  of our earnings to material
and prolonged changes in interest rates.

     Our  primary  method  of  managing   interest  rate  is  to  emphasize  the
origination  of ARM loans.  Our ARM loans  provide that the  interest  rate will
adjust every year.  The terms of these loans  generally  limit the amount of any
single  rate  change to a maximum of 2% and also  provide  that the rate may not
increase  above a "ceiling"  rate  established at the time the loan is made, nor
below a floor rate which is the initial rate on the loan.  At December 31, 2002,
approximately  80% of our mortgage loan portfolio had adjustable  rates. We also
purchase investment securities with relatively short maturities,  normally three
years or  less.  At  December  31,  2002,  approximately  90% of our  investment
portfolio  had a maturity of five years or less. We monitor our deposit rates on
a weekly basis to ensure that we remain competitive.

     Quantitative Disclosure. We measure our interest rate sensitivity using the
OTS's measurement  system. The OTS measures an institution's  interest rate risk
by computing the amount by which the net present value of cash flow from assets,
liabilities and off balance sheet items (the  institution's  net portfolio value
or "NPV")  would  change in the event of a range of  assumed  changes  in market
interest rates. These  computations  estimate the effect on an institution's NPV
from  instantaneous  and permanent 1% to 3% (100 to 300 basis points)  increases
and decreases in market interest rates. Because of the current level of interest
rates,  the OTS does not  calculate  the effect of a decline in  interest  rates
greater than 200 basis points.  The following  table  presents the interest rate
sensitivity  of our NPV at December 31, 2002, as calculated by the OTS, which is
based upon quarterly information that we voluntarily provided to the OTS.



                                                      NPV as % of Present Value
                         Net Portfolio Value               of Assets
                 --------------------------------     --------------------------
 Change                                                             Basis Point
in Rates         $ Amount    $ Change    % Change     NPV Ratio        Change
- --------         --------    --------    --------     ---------        ------
                      (Dollars in thousands)
+300  bp           $1,726     $(595)       (26)%         5.79%        -164 bp
+200  bp            2,001      (320)        (14)         6.60         - 83 bp
+100  bp            2,206      (115)         (5)         7.16         - 27 bp
   0  bp            2,321        --          --          7.43            0 bp
- -100  bp            2,335        14           1          7.40          - 3 bp
- -200  bp            2,360        26           2          7.38          - 6 bp

     The Board of Directors has  established a policy  setting forth maximum NPV
variances as a result of such  instantaneous  and permanent  changes in interest
rates. At December 31, 2002, our interest rate sensitivity was within the policy
established by the Board.

     While we cannot predict  future  interest rates or their effects on our NPV
or net  interest  income,  we do not  expect  current  interest  rates to have a
material  adverse  effect on our NPV or net interest  income in the near future.
Computations of prospective  effects of  hypothetical  interest rate changes are
based on numerous  assumptions,  including  relative  levels of market  interest
rates,  prepayments  and  deposit  runoff  and  should  not be  relied  upon  as
indicative  of  actual  results.  Certain  shortcomings  are  inherent  in  such
computations.  Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturity
or periods of  repricing,  they may react at  different  times and in  different
degrees to changes in the market interest  rates.  The interest rates on certain
types of

                                     - 39 -



assets and  liabilities  may fluctuate in advance of changes in market  interest
rates,  while  rates on other  types of assets  and  liabilities  may lag behind
changes in market interest rates.  Certain assets, such as ARM loans,  generally
have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and
over  the  life of the  loan.  In the  event  of a  change  in  interest  rates,
prepayments and early withdrawal levels could deviate  significantly  from those
assumed in making  calculations  set forth  above.  Although we  underwrite  our
adjustable-rate  borrowers on the basis of the maximum rate allowed  under their
loan  agreements,  an  increased  credit  risk may result as the ability of many
borrowers to service  their debt may  decrease in the event of an interest  rate
increase.

     The Board of Directors reviews our asset and liability policies.  The Board
of Directors meets regularly to review interest rate risk and trends, as well as
liquidity  and  capital  ratios and  requirements.  Management  administers  the
policies and  determinations of the Board of Directors with respect to our asset
and  liability  goals and  strategies.  We expect  that our asset and  liability
policies and strategies  will continue as described so long as  competitive  and
regulatory  conditions in the financial institution industry and market interest
rates continue as they have in recent years.



                                     - 40 -



Average Balances, Interest and Average Yields

     The following table sets forth certain information  relating to our average
balance  sheet and  reflects  the average  yield on assets and  average  cost of
liabilities  for the periods  indicated and the average  yields earned and rates
paid at the date and for the  periods  indicated.  Such  yields  and  costs  are
derived by dividing  income or expense by the average daily balance of assets or
liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented.




                                                  At December 31,                       Year Ended December 31,
                                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       2002                       2002                           2001
                                               ------------------    -----------------------------  ------------------------------
                                                                                           Average                         Average
                                                Actual     Yield/    Average               Yield/   Average                Yield/
                                               Balance      Cost     Balance    Interest    Cost    Balance     Interest    Cost
                                               -------     ------    -------    --------   -------  -------     --------   -------
                                                                               (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                                  
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable, net(1)..................... $ 25,710     6.53%   $ 23,012    $ 1,731     7.52%   $ 20,302    $ 1,648     8.12%
 Investment securities........................    1,902     6.00       2,939        169     5.75       4,522        287     6.35
 Other investments............................      659     4.40       1,763         41     2.33       1,885         83     4.40
                                               --------              -------    -------             --------    -------
    Total interest-earning assets.............   28,271     6.45      27,714      1,941     7.00      26,709      2,018     7.56
Non-interest-earning assets...................    1,697                2,567                           2,043
                                               --------              -------                        --------
    Total assets.............................. $ 29,968             $ 30,281                        $ 28,752
                                               ========             ========                        ========
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Deposits..................................... $ 26,698     3.55    $ 26,485        949     3.58    $ 25,021      1,210     4.84
 Borrowings...................................       --       --         530         12     2.26         540         24     4.44
                                               --------              -------    -------             --------    -------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities........   26,698     3.55      27,015        961     3.56      25,561      1,234     4.83
Non-interest-bearing liabilities..............    1,521                1,401                           1,241
                                               --------              -------                        --------

    Total liabilities.........................   28,219               28,416                          26,802
Total equity..................................    1,749                1,865                           1,950
                                               --------              -------                        --------

    Total liabilities and equity.............. $ 29,968             $ 30,281                        $ 28,752
                                               ========             ========                        ========
Net interest income...........................                                  $   980                         $   784
                                                                                =======                         =======
Interest rate spread..........................              2.90%                           3.44%                           2.73%
                                                            ====                            ====                            ====
Net yield on interest-earning assets..........              3.47%                           3.54%                           2.94%
                                                            ====                            ====                            ====
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to
   average interest-bearing liabilities.......            105.89%                         102.59%                         104.49%


- ------------------
(1)  Non-accrual loans are included in average balances, less allowance for loan
     losses and deferred fees.


                                     - 41 -


Rate/Volume Analysis

     The table  below  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  changes  in
interest income and interest expense of the Bank for the periods indicated.  For
each  category  of  interest-earning   asset  and  interest-bearing   liability,
information  is  provided  on changes  attributable  to:  (i)  changes in volume
(changes in volume  multiplied by old rate); and (ii) changes in rate (change in
rate  multiplied  by old  volume).  Changes  in  rate-volume  (changes  in  rate
multiplied by the changes in volume) are allocated  between  changes in rate and
changes in volume proportionately.


                                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                                -----------------------------
                                                           2002 vs. 2001
                                                -----------------------------
                                                       Increase (Decrease)
                                                           Due to
                                                -----------------------------
                                                 Volume     Rate       Total
                                                 ------     ----       -----
                                                        (In thousands)
Interest income:
   Loans.....................................   $ 210      $(128)     $  82
   Investment securities.....................     (93)       (24)      (117)
   Other investments.........................      (5)       (37)       (42)
      Total interest-earning assets..........      112      (189)       (77)

Interest expense:
   Deposits..................................   $   67     $(329)     $(262)
   Borrowings................................       --       (12)       (12)
      Total interest-bearing liabilities.....       67      (341)      (274)
Change in net interest income................   $   45      $ 152     $ 197


Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001

     Total  assets  increased  by  approximately  $437,000  to $30.0  million at
December 31, 2002 from $29.5 million at December 31, 2001. The Bank's gross loan
portfolio  grew by $3.7  million,  or 16.5%,  from $22.3 million at December 31,
2001 to  $26.0  million  at  December  31,  2002.  The  increase  in  loans  was
principally the result of one- to four-family  first mortgage loan  originations
which expanded this portion of the portfolio by $2.7 million, or 14.0%, to $22.4
million The growth in the loan  portfolio was partially  offset by a decrease in
the investment securities  portfolio,  which declined $1.9 million, or 50.3%, to
$1.9 million at December  31, 2002 from $3.8 million at December 31, 2001.  Cash
and cash  equivalents  also  declined to $758,000 at December 31, 2002 from $2.3
million at December 31, 2001, a decrease of $1.5 million, or 67.1%. The declines
in these  asset  categories  reflect  management's  decision to direct a greater
proportion  of assets into loans which have  higher  yields than the  investment
securities and cash and cash equivalents.  Net premises and equipment  increased
$356,000,  or 85.5% as a result of the renovation of the Bank's main office.  As
part of the renovation,  the Bank expanded its parking and drive-through  teller
bays to make the Bank more accessible to customers and added an ATM machine. The
Bank  remodeled and  redecorated  the lobby and teller area to make it more open
and inviting. As part of the renovation, the Bank also modernized its electrical
wiring,  installed a new roof and added new signage to increase  visability.  We
expect a further  increase  in  premises  and  equipment  during 2003 due to our
proposed new branch.

                                     - 42 -



     Funding for the Bank's loan growth also came from increased deposits, which
increased by $1.5 million,  or 5.7%,  from $26.6 million at December 31, 2001 to
$28.1  million at December 31, 2002.  The Bank's  deposit  growth was  primarily
attributable to NOW accounts and  certificates  of deposit under  $100,000.  Our
higher level of deposits allowed the Bank to pay off a $1.0 million advance from
the FHLB of Cincinnati.

     Retained earnings decreased  $84,000,  or 4.6%, to $1.7 million at December
31,  2002,  due to the net loss during the year.  Equity was further  reduced by
$5,000 due to a change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale  securities, net
of tax benefits.

Comparison  of Results of Operations  for the Years Ended  December 31, 2002 and
2001

     General. The Bank's net loss for the year ended December 31,  2002 narrowed
to $84,000  compared to a net loss of $125,000  for the year ended  December 31,
2001.  The lower loss during the most recent fiscal year  reflects  management's
efforts to enhance net interest income through better portfolio management.  Net
interest income increased  $197,000,  or 25.1%, to $980,000 compared to $784,000
for the 2001 fiscal year.  The  increase in net interest  income was driven by a
substantial  reduction in interest  expense in the declining  rate  environment,
which more than offset a related decline in interest income.  The improvement in
net interest income,  however, was partially  counteracted by a decline in other
income and increases in other expenses and income tax expense.

     Net Interest Income.  The primary component of the Bank's net income is its
net interest income, which is the difference between income earned on assets and
interest  expense  paid on the deposits and  borrowings  used to fund them.  Net
interest  income is  determined  by the spread  between the yields earned on the
Bank's   interest-earning  assets  and  the  rates  paid  on  interest-  bearing
liabilities as well as the relative amounts of such assets and liabilities.  Net
interest income divided by average interest-earning assets represents the Bank's
net interest margin.

     For the  year  ended  December 31,  2002,  net  interest  income  increased
$197,000,  or 25.1%, compared to the prior year. The improvement in net interest
income  reflects  the  declining  rate  environment  which  affected  the Bank's
interest  expense to a greater degree than interest  income.  Although  interest
income  decreased  $77,000,  or 3.8%,  for the  year  ended  December 31,  2002,
interest expense decreased an even greater $274,000, or 22.2%. The average yield
on interest-  earning assets declined 56 basis points to 7.00% while the average
cost of interest-bearing liabilities fell 127 basis points to 3.56%. As a result
of these rate movements,  the Bank's interest rate spread increased to 3.44% for
2002,  compared to 2.73% for 2001. The declines in average yields and costs both
reflect a  significant  decline in  interest  rates  between  the periods as the
Federal Reserve cut short-term interest rates a record 12 times. These rate cuts
had a  proportionately  greater  impact on the  Bank's  cost of funds due to the
Bank's  ability to reprice  deposits and the maturity of a number of higher rate
certificate  accounts.  Also  contributing  to the  improvement  in net interest
income was a $1.0 million, or 3.76%,  increase in the volume of interest-earning
assets and in the percentage of interest-earning  assets represented by loans as
the Bank  emphasized the  origination of loans and  correspondingly  reduced its
investment  portfolio  and cash  accounts.  Despite  the  increase  in volume of
interest-earning assets, the ratio of average

                                     - 43 -



interest-earning  assets to average  interest-bearing  liabilities  narrowed  to
102.59% from 104.49% in 2001 as average  interest-bearing  liabilities increased
by approximately $1.5 million, or 5.7%. The Bank's net interest margin, however,
widened  to 3.54% for  fiscal  year  2002  from  2.94%  for  fiscal  year  2001,
reflecting our improved spread.

     During the year ended  December  31, 2002,  the Bank  reported net interest
income,  before  provision  for  loan  losses,  of  $980,000.   Interest  income
(consisting of $1.7 million in interest and fees on loans,  $169,000 in interest
on investment securities, $29,000 in dividends on stock in the Federal Home Loan
Bank ("FHLB") of Cincinnati and $13,000 in other interest) totaled $1.9 million,
while interest expense,  which consisted of $949,000 in interest on deposits and
$12,000 in interest on FHLB advances and other borrowings, totaled $961,000.

     During the year ended  December 31,  2001,  the Bank  reported net interest
income,  before  provision  for  loan  losses,  of  $784,000.   Interest  income
(consisting of $1.6 million in interest and fees on loans,  $287,000 in interest
on  investment  securities,  $39,000 in  dividends  on FHLB stock and $44,000 on
other interest) totaled $2.0 million, while interest expense, which consisted of
$1.2 million in interest on deposits  and $24,000 in interest on FHLB  advances,
totaled $1.2 million.

     Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses for the year ended
December 31, 2002 was $18,000,  compared to $94,000 for the year ended  December
31, 2001. The higher  provision  during the 2001 fiscal year reflects higher net
charge-offs.  Net  charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2002 were $17,000
(0.07% of average  loans),  compared to $49,000  (0.24% of average loans) during
the  year  ended  December  31,  2001.  There  were no  significant  charge-offs
requiring an additional  provision  during 2002,  resulting in a decrease in the
provision for loan losses for the year ended  December 31,  2002.  The allowance
for loan losses is management's  estimate of probable  inherent credit losses in
the loan and lease portfolios at the balance sheet date. The Bank determines the
allowance based on ongoing  evaluations.  Increases to the allowance are made by
charges to the provision for loan losses, which is reflected in the statement of
loss.  Loans  deemed to be  uncollectible  are charged  against  the  allowance.
Recoveries of loans  previously  charged off are credited to the  allowance.  At
December 31, 2002, the Bank's  allowance for loan losses was $106,000,  or 0.41%
of the gross loan  portfolio.  The Bank  increased  the amount of the  allowance
allocated  to various  forms of  consumer  loans,  and  reduced  the  proportion
allocated to residential  first mortgages  reflecting  changes in the portfolio.
Reserves are provided for consumer and  residential  loans based on average loss
experience,  applied  to the  outstanding  balance  in each  category.  Specific
reserves are determined for loans classified as special mention,  substandard or
doubtful.  Specific reserves are determined on a loan by loan basis. As the loan
portfolio  diversifies to include more commercial and  multi-family  real estate
loans,  future  charge-off rates may differ from historical rates  necessitating
revisions to the estimate.

     Other  Income.  Other  income  for the year  ended  December  31,  2002 was
$73,000,  compared to $130,000 for the year ended  December 31, 2001, a decrease
of $57,000,  or 44.0%.  Noninterest income decreased  primarily due to a $33,000
decrease  in service  charges  and fees  during  2002.  Service  and fee charges
include various fees charged in connection with the

                                     - 44 -



origination  and pay-off of residential  mortgage  loans.  Because an increasing
number of  borrowers  have opted for  long-term  fixed rate loans which the Bank
does not originate for portfolio,  the Bank began originating loans as agent for
secondary  market  investors  during  2002.  Since  the fee  income  from  these
transactions is lower than on portfolio loans, service and fees charges declined
in the most recent fiscal year. The Bank  originated  $184,000 in mortgage loans
as agent for secondary  market  investors during fiscal year 2002. No such loans
were  originated  during  2001.  In  these  transactions,  the  Bank  takes  the
application from its customer and transmits it to the secondary market investor,
which  underwrites the loan. The Bank may also order credit reports,  appraisals
and  title  searches.  The loans  are  closed  in the name of and  funded by the
secondary  market  investor,  and the Bank  does not  advance  any  funds to the
customer.  For its services,  the Bank receives a fee from the secondary  market
investor based on the loan amount.

     Other  Expenses.  Other  expenses for the year ended December 31, 2002 were
$1.1  million  compared to $978,000 for the year ended  December  31,  2001,  an
increase  of  $131,000,  or  13.3%.  Other  expenses  include  compensation  and
benefits, data processing expense, occupancy expense,  advertising,  payroll and
other taxes,  professional fees,  postage,  telephone and supplies,  and various
other operational  expenses.  The increase in other expenses  primarily reflects
increases in compensation and benefits,  which increased $106,000,  or 31.0%, as
the Bank added staff,  including a new chief executive officer,  and an increase
in occupancy expense (which increased  $35,000,  or 36.2%) related to the higher
depreciation  expense  associated  with the Bank's  renovated main office.  Also
contributing to the increase in other expenses were increases in advertising (up
$10,000,  or 18.8%) and office supplies  expenses (up $12,000,  or 29.3%),  each
reflecting  the change in the Bank's name and associated  promotional  activity.
The Bank  experienced  increases in expenses  related to payroll and other taxes
(up $4,000, or 7.7%), insurance premiums (up $1,700, or 8.5%) and directors fees
(up $1,900,  or 4.6%) due to Bank growth and an increase in fees.  The foregoing
increases in expenses were  partially  offset by lower  professional  fees (down
$11,000,  or 25.4%),  data processing  expense (down $7,000,  or 4.0%) and other
operating expenses (down $24,000, or 21.3%). The declines in these expense items
reflect management's efforts to control costs.

     We  anticipate  an  increase  in  compensation  and  occupancy  expense  in
connection  with the  proposed  new  branch.  Data  processing  expense may also
increase  as the  result  of  one-time  expenses  associated  with the  proposed
conversion to a new data processing system. Various categories of other expenses
may also increase due to the reporting and other costs associated with operating
as a public  company.  Finally,  compensation  expense  may be  affected  by the
implementation  of various stock benefit plans following the  conversion.  While
these increases in expenses could adversely affect our near-term  profitability,
we believe that these  investments are necessary for the Bank to remain a viable
competitor in its market.

     Income Tax Expense  (Benefit).  For the year ended  December 31,  2002, the
Bank  incurred a federal tax expense of $10,000,  compared to a $33,000  federal
tax  benefit   during  2001.   The  tax  expense  during  2002  related  to  the
establishment  of a valuation  allowance for the Bank's net deferred tax assets.
The  Bank  provides  for  both the  current  and  deferred  tax  effects  of the
transactions  reported in its financial  statements and establishes deferred tax
assets and liabilities for

                                     - 45 -



the temporary  differences and establishes  financial reporting and tax bases of
its assets and liabilities.  The Bank, however, establishes valuation allowances
for its net deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not that these net
deferred  tax assets will be realized.  Based on its current  earnings and other
factors,  the Bank  determined  in 2002 that it was  appropriate  to establish a
valuation allowance for its net deferred tax assets.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     Our  primary  sources  of  funds  are  deposits,  repayment  of  loans  and
mortgage-backed  securities,  maturities  of  investments  and  interest-bearing
deposits and funds provided from operations. We are also able to obtain advances
from the FHLB of  Cincinnati,  although  historically  we have done this rarely.
While  scheduled   repayments  of  loans  and  mortgage-backed   securities  and
maturities of investment securities are relatively predictable sources of funds,
deposit flows and loan  prepayments are greatly  influenced by the general level
of interest rates,  economic  conditions and  competition.  We use our liquidity
resources  principally  to fund  existing and future loan  commitments,  to fund
maturing time  certificates and demand deposit  withdrawals,  to invest in other
interest-earning assets, to maintain liquidity, and to meet operating expenses.

     Liquidity may be adversely affected by unexpected deposit outflows,  higher
interest rates paid by competitors,  adverse  publicity  relating to the savings
and loan industry, and similar matters.  Management monitors projected liquidity
needs and determines the level  desirable,  based in part on our  commitments to
make loans and management's assessment of our ability to generate funds.

     A major  portion of our  liquidity  consists of cash and cash  equivalents,
which include cash and  interest-bearing  deposits in other banks.  The level of
these assets is dependent upon our operating,  investing,  lending and financing
activities  during  any  given  period.  At  December  31,  2002,  cash and cash
equivalents totaled $758,000.

     Our primary investing activities include origination of loans and purchases
of investment and  mortgage-backed  securities.  During the years ended December
31,  2002 and 2001,  purchases  of  investment  and  mortgage-backed  securities
totaled $500,000 and $1.6 million, respectively, while loan originations totaled
$11.9 million and $11.5 million, respectively.  These investments were funded in
part by proceeds from  repayments of loans,  maturities  and calls of investment
and  mortgage-backed  securities and an increase in deposits for the years ended
December 31, 2002 and 2001.

     At December  31,  2002,  we had  $634,000  in  outstanding  commitments  to
originate  loans. We anticipate that we will have sufficient  funds available to
meet our current  loan  origination  commitments.  Time  certificates  which are
scheduled  to mature in one year or less totaled  $10.9  million at December 31,
2002.  Based on historical  experience,  management  believes that a significant
portion of such  deposits  will remain with the Bank,  although  there can be no
assurance  that it will do so. In the  event the Bank is unable to retain  these
deposits,  it may seek  replacement  funding  through the FHLB of  Cincinnati or
other  sources.  At December  31,  2002,  we were also party to an  agreement to
acquire a property for a new branch location for $360,000. We estimate

                                     - 46 -



that we will spend an  additional  $500,000  to remodel  and equip the  existing
structure to serve as a branch. We expect to fund these investments from cash on
hand and  internally  generated cash flows and do not expect to borrow any funds
for this purpose.

     Following  the  conversion,  we expect that the Bank will  continue to rely
primarily  on local  deposits  for its funding  needs.  In order to finance loan
growth,  the Bank may also borrow from the FHLB of  Cincinnati.  At December 31,
2002,  the Bank had $5.0  million in unused  borrowing  capacity  at the FHLB of
Cincinnati.

     We are subject to federal  regulations  that impose certain minimum capital
requirements.  For a discussion on such capital levels,  see "Historical and Pro
Forma  Capital  Compliance"  and  "Regulation  --  Regulation  of  the  Bank  --
Regulatory Capital Requirements."

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

     The  Bank  has  reviewed  recently  issued  pronouncements  which  could be
expected to impact financial institutions including:

          SFAS No.143 "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations"
          SFAS No.144  "Accounting  for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
          Assets"
          SFAS No.145  "Recission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment
          of FASB Statement No. 13 and Technical Corrections as of April 2002"
          SFAS No. 146  "Accounting  for Costs  Associated with Exit or Disposal
          Activities"
          SFAS No. 148 "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation"
          SFAS  Interpretation  No. 45  "Guarantor's  Accounting  and Disclosure
          Requirements  for  Guarantees,   Including   Indirect   Guarantees  of
          Indebtedness of Others"

These recently issued  pronouncements are not expected to have a material impact
on the Bank as the GAAP  requirements  either are not  applicable to the Bank or
the impact is insignificant.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

     Our financial  statements and the accompanying notes presented elsewhere in
this  document,  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles,  which require the measurement of financial position and
operating results in terms of historical dollars without  considering the change
in the relative  purchasing  power of money over time and due to inflation.  The
impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our  operations.  As a
result,  interest  rates have a greater  impact on our  performance  than do the
effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do not necessarily  move
in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

                    BUSINESS OF COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.

     The  Company  is not an  operating  company  and  has  not  engaged  in any
significant   business   to  date.   It  was   formed   in   March   2003  as  a
Maryland-chartered corporation to be the holding

                                     - 47 -



company for Community First Bank. The holding company structure and retention of
proceeds  will  facilitate:  (i) expansion  within  existing and into new market
areas;  (ii)   diversification   into  non-  banking  activities;   (iii)  stock
repurchases  without adverse tax  consequences;  and (iv)  acquisitions of other
financial institutions, such as savings institutions. There are no present plans
regarding diversification, acquisitions or expansion or stock repurchases.

     As a  savings  and loan  holding  company  formed  after May 4,  1999,  the
Company's   activities  will  generally  be  restricted  to  various   financial
activities prescribed by federal statute and regulation.  If we fail to maintain
a specified percentage of our assets in housing-related investments, the Company
may become subject to additional  restrictions  on its  activities.  The Company
initially will not conduct any active business and does not intend to employ any
persons  other than  officers  but will  utilize our support  staff from time to
time.

                        BUSINESS OF COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

     Community First has operated as an independent  community  oriented savings
institution  since  1923.  It is our  intention  to  continue  to  operate as an
independent community oriented savings bank following the conversion.

     The principal sources of funds for our activities are deposits and payments
on  loans.  We are also  able to borrow  from the FHLB of  Cincinnati,  although
historically we have not relied on this source of funding.  Our deposits totaled
$28.1  million  at  December  31,  2002.  Funds  are  used  principally  for the
origination  of  loans  secured  by  first  mortgages  on  one-  to  four-family
residences  which are  located in our market  area.  Such  loans  totaled  $22.4
million,  or 86.10%,  of our total loans  receivable  portfolio  at December 31,
2002.  We also  originate  other  types of loans,  including  loans  secured  by
commercial  real  estate  and  consumer  loans,  and  purchase   investment  and
mortgage-backed securities. Our principal source of revenue is interest received
on loans and investments and our principal expense is interest paid on deposits.

Market Area

     We consider  our primary  market  area to be the City of  Madisonville  and
surrounding Hopkins County, Kentucky. Located in the Western Coalfield Region of
Kentucky,  Hopkins  County had a  population  of  approximately  46,500 in 2000.
Madisonville  is the county seat and largest city in Hopkins  County and is home
to one of the major healthcare facilities in the Commonwealth of Kentucky.

     The largest  employers  in  Madisonville  and the  surrounding  communities
include the Trover Regional Medical Center,  General  Electric  Aircraft Engine,
Carhartt,  Inc. and Lear  Corporation.  By industry,  the largest sectors of the
Madisonville  economy are healthcare and  manufacturing.  The 2001  unemployment
rate for Hopkins County was 7.0%,  compared to 4.8% nationally.  The average per
capita  income of $21,092 in 2000 for Hopkins  County was below that of Kentucky
as a whole of $24,085 and the average  for the United  States of $29,649.  While
the  population of  Madisonville  grew by  approximately  19% from 1990 to 2000,
Hopkins County as a whole grew less than 1.0%. By comparison,  the population of
Kentucky grew by 9.6%. The population of

                                     - 48 -



Hopkins County is projected to decline slightly during the next decade according
to projections by the Kentucky Department for Economic Development.

Business Strategy

     Historically,  our principal business strategy has been that of operating a
community- oriented institution which emphasizes  residential real estate loans.
Our loans have  typically  been secured by properties  located within our market
area.  Over the past year, we have increased our  originations of commercial and
multi-family property loans and consumer loans. The proceeds from the conversion
will enable us to continue  growing and continue to meet the needs of the market
in which we do  business.  We will  also  consider  adding to our  products  and
services as the competition within our market demands.

Lending Activities

     Most of the loans in our  portfolio  are  mortgage  loans  secured by first
liens on one- to four- family  residences.  We also make  consumer,  residential
construction and commercial real estate and commercial  business loans. While we
expect  to  continue  our  historic  emphasis  on  one- to  four-family  lending
following the  conversion,  we also plan to grow our portfolio of commercial and
multi-family mortgages.

     At December 31, 2002, our gross loans totaled $26.0 million, of which $22.4
million were first mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residences.  We
originate ARM loans with rates that adjust  annually  after an initial period of
one,  three,  five or seven years during which the  interest  rate is fixed.  We
offer similar terms on our commercial and multi-family  mortgages.  Our consumer
loans may have either fixed or variable rates.

                                     - 49 -



     The following  table sets forth  information  concerning the types of loans
held by us at the dates indicated.



                                                                        At December 31,
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                   2002                           2001
                                                         ----------------------         ----------------------
                                                          Amount            %            Amount           %
                                                         --------         -----         --------        -----
                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)

                                                                                          
Real estate mortgage loans:
  One- to four-family residential first........          $22,353         86.10%         $19,604         87.97%
  One- to four-family residential second.......              582          2.24              626          2.81
  Multi-family.................................              450          1.73              104          0.47
  Commercial...................................              798          3.07              467          2.10
  Construction.................................              207          0.80               67          0.30
Other loans:
  Consumer installment.........................              283          1.09              326          1.46
  Commercial...................................              102          0.39                8          0.03
  Automobile...................................              740          2.85              556          2.50
  Passbook.....................................              238          0.92              270          1.21
  Other........................................              209          0.81              256          1.15
                                                          ------       -------           ------       -------

                                                          25,962       100.00%           22,284       100.00%
                                                                       ======                         ======
Less:
  Unearned interest............................                1                              2
  Allowance for loan losses....................              106                            105
  Loans in process.............................              145                             19
                                                          ------                         ------

     Total.....................................          $25,710                        $22,158
                                                          ======                         ======




                                     - 50 -



     The following  table sets forth the  estimated  maturity of the Bank's loan
portfolio  at  December  31,  2002.  The table does not  include  the effects of
possible  prepayments or scheduled  repayments.  All mortgage loans are shown as
maturing based on the date of the last payment required by the loan agreement.




                                                                   Due after      Due after     Due after 10
                                           Due during the year     3 through      5 through     through 15    Due over 15
                                                ending           5 years after  10 years after  years after    years after
                                                  December 31,   December 31,    December 31,   December 31,  December 31,
                                           --------------------  -------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
                                           2003    2004    2005      2002            2002           2002          2002       Total
                                           ----    ----    ----      ----            ----           ----          ----       -----
                                                                                (In thousands)
                                                                                                  
Real estate mortgage loans:
  One- to four-family residential first..  $ 12    $ 49    $ 74    $ 543            $3,862         $5,800       $12,013     $22,353
  One- to four-family residential second.    --      13      29       68               472             --            --         582
  Multi-family...........................    --      --      --       --                --             --           450         450
  Commercial.............................    --      --       7       --               691             29            71         798
  Construction...........................   207      --      --       --                --             --            --         207
Other loans:
  Consumer installment...................    19      92      43      129                --             --            --         283
  Commercial.............................    --       4      --       98                --             --            --         102
  Automobile.............................    12     129     216      383                --             --            --         740
  Passbook...............................   238      --      --       --                --             --            --         238
  Other..................................   209      --      --       --                --             --            --         209
                                            ---     ---     ---    -----             -----          -----        ------      ------
    Total................................  $697    $287    $369   $1,221            $5,025         $5,829       $12,534     $25,962
                                            ===     ===     ===    =====             =====          =====        ======      ======




                                     - 51 -



     The next table sets forth at December  31, 2002,  the dollar  amount of all
loans due one year or more after  December  31,  2002  which have  predetermined
interest rates and have floating or adjustable interest rates.



                                                              Predetermined          Floating or
                                                                   Rate            Adjustable Rates
                                                              -------------        ----------------
                                                                         (In thousands)
                                                                               
Real estate mortgage loans:
    One- to four-family residential first................        $2,097                $20,244
    One- to four-family residential second...............           582                     --
    Multi-family.........................................           450                     --
    Commercial...........................................           466                    332
    Construction.........................................            --                     --
Other loans:
    Consumer installment.................................           264
    Commercial...........................................           102                     --
    Automobile...........................................           728                     --
    Passbook.............................................            --                     --
    Other................................................            --                     --
                                                                  -----                 ------
         Total...........................................        $4,689                $20,576
                                                                 ======                =======


     One-  to  Four-Family  Residential  Loans.  Our  primary  lending  activity
consists of the  origination of one- to four-family  residential  first mortgage
loans  secured by property  located in our primary  market  area.  We  generally
originate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans in amounts up to 80% of
the lesser of the appraised  value or purchase  price with a maximum loan amount
of $500,000 and a maximum term of 30 years.  We will make  residential  mortgage
loans with loan-to-value ratios greater than 80% as long as the loan can be sold
into the secondary market.  Although we make loans on one- to four-family rental
properties,  the  vast  majority  of  our  residential  first  mortgages  are on
owner-occupied properties.

     The first mortgage loans that we originate for our portfolio generally have
rates that adjust annually after an initial period of one, three,  five or seven
years during which the rate is fixed.  We do not  originate  30-year  fixed rate
loans for our portfolio.

     The interest  rate on ARM loans is based on an index plus a stated  margin.
ARM loans provide for periodic  interest rate adjustments  upward or downward of
up to two percentage  points per year with a limit of six percentage points over
the life of the loan.  Borrowers on ARM loans must qualify at the fully adjusted
rate. The ratio on our ARM loans are generally  indexed to the rates on one-year
U.S.  Treasury  bills  adjusted  to a  constant  maturity.  We also  have in our
portfolio  ARM loans which are indexed to the average  cost of funds for savings
associations in the 11th Federal Home Loan Bank District.  We discontinued using
this index in 1996  because it tended to lag the market and such loans were less
than 6% of the portfolio at December 31, 2002.

     In addition to one- to four-family  first mortgage  loans,  we offer second
mortgage loans. We offer second mortgages to customers on whose property we hold
the first  mortgage and to other  customers as well.  Our second  mortgage loans
have fixed terms of up to 10 years and have

                                     - 52 -



fixed rates of interest.  We only  originate a second  mortgage if the aggregate
indebtedness secured by the property will not exceed 80% of its appraised value.
We do not offer home equity lines of credit.

     ARM loans  decrease the risk  associated  with changes in interest rates by
periodically  repricing,  but  involve  other risks  because as  interest  rates
increase, the underlying payments by the borrower increase,  thus increasing the
potential for default by the borrower.  At the same time, the  marketability  of
the underlying  collateral may be adversely  affected by higher  interest rates.
Upward  adjustment  of the  contractual  interest  rate is also  limited  by the
maximum  periodic and lifetime  interest rate  adjustment  permitted by the loan
documents, and, therefore is potentially limited in effectiveness during periods
of rapidly rising interest rates. At December 31, 2002, approximately 90% of the
one- to four-family residential loans we held had adjustable rates of interest.

     The mortgage  loans we originate  and hold  generally  include  due-on-sale
clauses.  These clauses gives us the right to deem the loan  immediately due and
payable in the event the borrower  transfers  ownership of the property securing
the mortgage loan without our consent.

     Residential  Construction  Loans.  We make a limited  number of residential
construction  loans  on  one-  to  four-family  residential  properties  to  the
individuals   who  will  be  the  owners  and  occupants   upon   completion  of
construction.  Borrowers are required to pay interest on disbursed  funds during
the construction  period,  which may not last beyond 12 months. The borrower may
pay off the loan with a permanent  loan from us at completion  of  construction.
Loan proceeds are disbursed  according to a draw schedule and the appraiser must
inspect the progress of the construction  before additional funds are disbursed.
Construction loans are offered on either a fixed or adjustable basis.

     Construction  lending is generally considered to involve a higher degree of
credit risk than long term financing of residential properties. Our risk of loss
on a  construction  loan is  dependent  largely upon the accuracy of the initial
estimate of the property's value at completion of construction and the estimated
cost of construction. If the estimate of construction cost and the marketability
of the property upon completion of the project prove to be inaccurate, we may be
compelled to advance additional funds to complete the construction. Furthermore,
if the final value of the completed  property is less than the estimated amount,
the value of the property might not be sufficient to assure the repayment of the
loan.

     Commercial  and  Multi-Family  Real Estate Loans.  We offer  commercial and
multi-family real estate loans secured by apartment buildings,  churches, office
buildings,  and other commercial  properties.  Commercial and multi-family  real
estate  loans are made for terms of up to 20 years  and have  rates of  interest
that  are  fixed  for a  period  of one  to  seven  years  and  adjust  annually
thereafter.  The interest rates on commercial and multi-family loans are indexed
to the prime rate. Loan amounts may not exceed 70% of the appraised value of the
property.  Over the past year, the Bank has sought to increase its  originations
of  commercial  and  multi-family  real estate loans in order to  diversify  the
portfolio and serve the needs of the market.


                                     - 53 -



     At December 31, 2002, the Bank's largest  commercial real estate loan was a
$450,000 loan secured by a 28-unit apartment complex in Madisonville  originated
in  December  2002.  The 20- year  fully  amortizing  loan bears a fixed rate of
interest  for  seven  years  and  floats  with the prime  rate  thereafter.  The
loan-to-value ratio at origination was 65% and the loan is personally guaranteed
by the principals of the corporate borrower.  The Bank's second largest loan was
a $348,000 loan secured by a personal care facility in  Madisonville  originated
in March 2002. The facility has 48 beds and 22 semi-private  rooms. The loan has
a seven-year term with 30-year  amortization and bears a fixed rate of interest.
The  loan-to-value  ratio was 53% at the date of  origination  and is personally
guaranteed by the principals of the borrower.

     Commercial  and  multi-family  real  estate  lending  entails   significant
additional risks compared to residential property lending. These loans typically
involve large loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related  borrowers.
The repayment of these loans typically is dependent on the successful  operation
of the real estate project  securing the loan.  These risks can be significantly
affected  by supply  and demand  conditions  in the market for office and retail
space and may also be subject to adverse conditions in the economy.  To minimize
these risks,  we generally  limit this type of lending to our market area and to
borrowers who are otherwise well known to us.

     Commercial  Business  Loans.  We engage in a limited  amount of  commercial
business  lending  primarily for the  accommodation of existing  customers.  Our
commercial  business loans  generally are secured by equipment or other tangible
assets. Our largest commercial  business loan at December 31, 2002 had a balance
of $28,000 and was made to a local lumber company.

     Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of
the  borrower's  ability to make  repayment from his or her employment and other
income  and which are  secured by real  property  whose  value  tends to be more
easily ascertainable,  commercial business loans typically are made on the basis
of the borrower's ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower's
business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial
business  loans may be  substantially  dependent  on the success of the business
itself and the general economic environment.

     Consumer  Loans.  We  offer  various  types of  consumer  loans in order to
provide a wider range of financial  services to our  customers.  Consumer  loans
totaled $1.5  million,  or 5.7%,  of our total loans at December  31, 2002.  Our
consumer loans consist of automobile,  personal unsecured loans, passbook,  home
improvement  loans and  equipment  loans.  Passbook and  certificate  of deposit
secured  loans are offered up to the maximum of the deposit  balance and are due
on demand.

     We offer loans for both new and used automobiles with maximum terms of five
years and maximum loan amounts up to 90% of the manufacturer's  suggested retail
price on new cars or fair market value of the automobile on used cars.  Personal
unsecured  loans generally are made for amounts of $2,000 or less and terms of 6
months and may have fixed or variable interest rates.


                                     - 54 -



     Consumer loans may entail  greater risk than  residential  mortgage  loans,
particularly  in the case of  consumer  loans that are  unsecured  or secured by
assets that depreciate rapidly.  Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer
loan may not be  sufficient  for  repayment  of the  outstanding  loan,  and the
remaining deficiency may not be collectible.

     Loan  Solicitation,  Approval  and  Underwriting.  The  Bank  obtains  loan
customers   from  a  variety  of  sources,   including   advertising,   personal
solicitation,  repeat customers and referrals from existing customers, realtors,
builders  and  others.  The Bank  also  solicits  applications  for  residential
mortgages  through its website.  Although the President and Vice Presidents have
authority to originate loans up to the loans-to-one borrower limits, loans other
than single-family  owner-occupied  mortgages and residential  mortgage loans in
excess  of  $250,000  are  generally  submitted  to the Board of  Directors  for
approval.

     Upon receipt of a completed loan application from a prospective borrower, a
credit report is ordered.  Income and certain other information is verified.  If
necessary,  additional financial  information may be requested.  An appraisal or
other  estimate of value of the real estate  intended to be used as security for
the proposed loan is obtained. Appraisals are prepared by outside fee appraisers
who are approved by the Board of Directors.

     A title opinion or title insurance is generally required on all real estate
loans.  Borrowers also must obtain fire and casualty insurance.  Flood insurance
is also required on loans secured by property which is located in a flood zone.

     Loan Originations.  The following table sets forth certain information with
respect  to our  loan  originations  for the  periods  indicated.  We  have  not
purchased or sold any loans in the secondary market in recent years.



                                                       Year Ended December 31,
                                                      --------------------------
                                                        2002              2001
                                                      --------          --------
                                                              (In thousands)
Loans originated:
  Real estate mortgage loans:
     One- to four-family residential first........    $   9,332          $10,130
     One- to four-family residential second.......          181              227
     Multi-family.................................          450               --
     Commercial...................................          484               --
     Construction.................................          264               --
  Other loans:
     Consumer installment.........................          262              343
     Commercial...................................          110               --
     Automobile...................................          637              486
     Passbook.....................................           80              186
     Other........................................          124              170
                                                         ------           ------
        Total loans originated....................      $11,924          $11,542
                                                         ======           ======




                                     - 55 -



     Loans to One Borrower. The maximum amount of loans which we may make to any
one  borrower  may not exceed the greater of  $500,000 or 15% of our  unimpaired
capital and unimpaired  surplus. We may lend an additional 10% of our unimpaired
capital  and  unimpaired  surplus  if the  loan  is  fully  secured  by  readily
marketable collateral.  Our maximum loans-to-one- borrower limit was $500,000 at
December  31,  2002.  At  December  31,  2002,  our largest  loan  concentration
outstanding had a balance of $450,000. As a result of the conversion,  we expect
an increase in the Bank's  legal  lending  limit but do not plan to increase the
amount we will lend to one borrower.

Nonperforming and Problem Assets

     Loan  Delinquencies.  Generally  when a mortgage  loan becomes 15 days past
due, a notice of nonpayment is sent to the borrower. If after 30 days payment is
still delinquent,  the borrower will receive a formal  delinquency  notice.  The
borrower  will be  contacted  by  telephone  or visited  personally  if the loan
remains  delinquent after 45 days. If the loan continues in a delinquent  status
for 120 days  past due and no  repayment  plan is in  effect,  the loan  will be
referred to an attorney for collection, with foreclosure commenced no later than
180 days.  The customer  will be notified  when  foreclosure  is  commenced.  At
December 31, 2002, our loans past due between 30 and 89 days totaled $30,000.

     Loans  are  reviewed  on a  monthly  basis  and are  generally  placed on a
non-accrual  status when the loan becomes more than 90 days  delinquent or when,
in our opinion,  the  collection  of additional  interest is doubtful.  Interest
accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual  status is charged
against  interest  income.  Subsequent  interest  payments,  if any,  are either
applied to the  outstanding  principal  balance or recorded as interest  income,
depending on the assessment of the ultimate collectibility of the loan.



                                     - 56 -



     Nonperforming  Assets. The following table sets forth information regarding
non-accrual  loans,  accruing  loans  past due 90 days or more  and real  estate
owned. The Bank did not have any troubled debt restructurings within the meaning
of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 15 at the dates  indicated
below.

                                                              At December 31,
                                                          ----------------------
                                                           2002            2001
                                                          ------          ------
                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:(1)

  Real estate:
    One- to four-family residential first ..............    $53           $--
    One- to four-family residential second .............     --            --
    Multi-family .......................................     --            --
    Commercial .........................................     --            --
    Construction .......................................     --            --
  Other loans:
     Consumer installment ..............................     --            --
     Commercial ........................................     --            --
     Automobile ........................................     --            --
     Passbook ..........................................     --            --
     Other .............................................     --            --
                                                            ---           ---
     Total .............................................    $53           $--
                                                            ===           ===
Accruing loans which are contractually
   past due 90 days or more:

  Real estate:
    One- to four-family residential first ..............    $31           $44
    One- to four-family residential second .............     --            --
    Multi-family .......................................     --            --
    Commercial .........................................     --            --
    Construction .......................................     --            --
  Other loans: .........................................     --
     Consumer installment ..............................     --            --
     Commercial ........................................     --            --
     Automobile ........................................     --            --
     Passbook ..........................................     --             1
     Other .............................................      2             2
                                                            ---           ---
     Total .............................................    $33           $47
                                                            ===           ===
     Total nonperforming loans .........................    $86           $47
                                                            ===           ===
  Percentage of total loans ............................   0.33%         0.21%
                                                           ====          ====

  Other non-performing assets(2) .......................    $--           $17
                                                            ===           ===

- --------------------
(1)  Non-accrual  status  denotes loans on which,  in the opinion of management,
     the collection of additional  interest is unlikely.  Payments received on a
     nonaccrual loan are either applied to the outstanding  principal balance or
     recorded as interest  income,  depending on management's  assessment of the
     collectibility of the loan.
(2)  Other nonperforming assets represents property acquired by the Bank through
     foreclosure or  repossession.  This property is carried at the lower of its
     fair market value or the principal  balance of the related loan,  whichever
     is lower.

     During the year ended  December 31,  2002,  gross  interest  income of $897
would have been  recorded on loans  accounted  for on a nonaccrual  basis if the
loans had been current throughout the period. Interest on such loans included in
income during such periods amounted to $544.

     Loans which are not currently  classified as non-accrual,  90 days past due
or restructured  but where known  information  about possible credit problems of
borrowers  causes  management to have serious  concerns as to the ability of the
borrowers to comply with present loan repayment

                                     - 57 -



terms  and  may  result  in  disclosure  as  non-accrual,  90 days  past  due or
restructured  amounted to $7,200 at December 31, 2002.  This loan consisted of a
six-month demand loan where the borrower had declared  bankruptcy but was not 90
days delinquent.

     Classified Assets. OTS regulations provide for a classification  system for
problem assets of savings  institutions  which covers all problem assets.  Under
this classification  system, problem assets of savings institutions such as ours
are classified as  "substandard,"  "doubtful," or "loss." An asset is considered
substandard if it is inadequately  protected by the current net worth and paying
capacity  of the  borrower or of the  collateral  pledged,  if any.  Substandard
assets  include  those  characterized  by the  "distinct  possibility"  that the
savings  institution  will  sustain  "some  loss"  if the  deficiencies  are not
corrected.  Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in
those classified substandard,  with the added characteristic that the weaknesses
present  make  "collection  or  liquidation  in full,  on the basis of currently
existing facts,  conditions,  and, values, "highly questionable and improbable."
Assets  classified  as loss are  those  considered  "uncollectible"  and of such
little value that their  continuance  as assets without the  establishment  of a
specific  loss  reserve  is not  warranted.  Assets may be  designated  "special
mention"   because  of  potential   weakness  that  do  not  currently   warrant
classification in one of the aforementioned categories.

     When a savings institution  classifies problem assets as either substandard
or doubtful,  it may establish  general  allowances for loan losses in an amount
deemed prudent by management. General allowances represent loss allowances which
have been  established  to recognize the inherent risk  associated  with lending
activities,  but which, unlike specific  allowances,  have not been allocated to
particular problem assets. When a savings institution  classifies problem assets
as loss,  it is required  either to  establish a specific  allowance  for losses
equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so  classified  or to charge off such
amount. A savings  institution's  determination as to the  classification of its
assets and the amount of its  valuation  allowances  is subject to review by the
OTS, which may order the  establishment  of additional  general or specific loss
allowances.  A portion of general loss allowances  established to cover possible
losses  related to assets  classified as substandard or doubtful may be included
in determining a savings  institution's  regulatory capital.  Specific valuation
allowances for loan losses generally do not qualify as regulatory capital.

     At December 31, 2002, we had $266,000 in loans  classified  as  substandard
and $8,000 in loans  classified as doubtful.  The Bank's  substandard  assets at
December 31, 2002 consisted of six residential first mortgages with an aggregate
balance of $252,000 and six consumer loans with an aggregate balance of $14,000.
In each case, the loan was either 90 days past due or less than 90 days past due
but  involved a borrower  in  bankruptcy  or with past  delinquencies.  Of these
loans,  $53,000 were shown on the table in the preceding  section as non-accrual
and $33,000 are shown as accruing 90 days or more past due at December 31, 2002.
The remaining  substandard  loans were less than 90 days  delinquent at December
31,  2002.  The  doubtful  assets  consisted  of a demand note with a balance of
$7,200  which was 12 days past due at December  2002 but  involved a borrower in
bankruptcy,  which is disclosed in the  preceding  section as a loan about which
management had serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to repay, and an
$800 consumer  installment  loan which was 102 days  delinquent  and shown as an
accruing loan over 90

                                     - 58 -



days past due. Reserves of $40,000 have been allocated to the substandard assets
and $4,000 have been allocated to the doubtful assets.

     Foreclosed  Real Estate.  Real estate  acquired in  settlement  of loans is
carried at the lower of the  unpaid  loan  balance or fair value less  estimated
costs to sell.  Write-downs  from the unpaid  loan  balance to fair value at the
time of  foreclosure  are charged to the allowance  for loan losses.  Subsequent
write-downs to fair value, net of disposal costs, are charged to other expenses.
At  December  31,  2002,  we had no  properties  which  we  received  in lieu of
foreclosure.

     Allowance for Loan Losses.  The  allowance for loan losses is  management's
estimate of probable  inherent credit losses in the loan and lease portfolios at
the balance  sheet date.  The Bank  determines  the  allowance  based on ongoing
evaluations.  This  evaluation  is  inherently  subjective  because it  requires
material  estimates,  including the amounts and timing of cash flows expected to
be received on impaired loans. Those estimates may be susceptible to significant
change. Increases to the allowance are made by charges to the provision for loan
losses,  which is  reflected  in the  statements  of loss.  Loans  deemed  to be
uncollectible are charged against the allowance.  Recoveries of loans previously
charged off are credited to the  allowance.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Critical Accounting
Policies" for further  discussion of the Bank's  methodology for determining the
allowance.

     We  monitor  our  allowance  for  loan  losses  and make  additions  to the
allowance as economic  and other  conditions  dictate.  Although we maintain our
allowance for loan losses at a level that we consider  adequate for the inherent
risk of loss in our loan  portfolio,  actual  losses could exceed the balance of
the allowance for loan losses and additional provisions for loan losses could be
required.  In addition,  our determination as to the amount of its allowance for
loan losses is subject to review by the OTS, as part of its examination process.
After  a  review  of the  information  available,  the  OTS  might  require  the
establishment of an additional allowance.



                                     - 59 -



     The following table sets forth an analysis of our allowance for loan losses
for the periods indicated.


                                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                                     -------------------------
                                                       2002             2001
                                                     --------         --------
                                                       (Dollars in thousands)

Balance at beginning of period.................       $  105          $   60
                                                       -----           -----

Loans charged-off:
  Real estate mortgage loans:
    One- to four-family residential first......           --              28
    One- to four-family residential second.....           --              --
    Multi-family...............................           --              --
    Commercial.................................           --              --
    Construction...............................           --              --
  Other loans:
    Consumer installment.......................           15              16
    Commercial.................................           --              --
    Automobile.................................            5              --
    Passbook...................................           --              --
    Other......................................            5              11
                                                       -----           -----

Total charge-offs..............................           25              55
                                                       -----           -----

Recoveries:
  Real estate mortgage loans:
    One- to four-family residential first......           --              --
    One- to four-family residential second.....           --              --
    Multi-family...............................           --              --
    Commercial.................................           --              --
    Construction...............................           --              --
  Other loans:
    Consumer installment.......................            5               3
                                                       -----           -----
    Commercial.................................           --              --
    Automobile.................................            3              --
    Passbook...................................           --              --
    Other......................................           --               3
                                                       -----           -----
Total recoveries...............................            8               6
                                                       -----           -----

Net loans charged-off..........................           17              49
                                                       -----           -----
Provision for loan losses......................           18              94
                                                       -----           -----

Balance at end of period.......................        $ 106           $ 105

                                                       =====           =====
Ratio of net charge-offs to average
   loans outstanding during the period.........        0.07%           0.24%
                                                       =====           =====


                                     - 60 -



     The following  table  illustrates  the allocation of the allowance for loan
losses for each  category  of loan.  The  allocation  of the  allowance  to each
category is not necessarily indicative of future loss in any particular category
and does not  restrict our use of the  allowance to absorb  losses in other loan
categories.




                                                                         At December 31,
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              2002                             2001
                                                   --------------------------      ----------------------------
                                                                 Percent of                         Percent of
                                                                Loans in Each                     Loans in Each
                                                                 Category to                       Category to
                                                   Amount        Total Loans        Amount          Total Loans
                                                   ------        -----------        ------          -----------
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                        
Real estate mortgage loans:
    One- to four-family residential first....      $   48           86.10%         $   50             87.97%
    One- to four-family residential second...           5            2.24               5              2.81
    Multi-family.............................          --            1.73              --              0.47
    Commercial...............................          10            3.07              10              2.10
    Construction.............................           5            0.80               5              0.30
Other loans:
    Consumer installment.....................          24            1.09              23              1.46
    Commercial...............................           3            0.39               3              0.03
    Automobile...............................           7            2.85               6              2.50
    Passbook                                           --            0.92              --              1.21
    Other....................................           4            0.81               3              1.15
                                                    -----          ------           -----            ------

     Total allowance for loan losses.........      $  106          100.00%         $  105            100.00%
                                                    =====          ======           =====            ======


Investment Activities

     Investment Securities. We are required by federal regulations to maintain a
minimum  amount of liquid  assets which may be invested in specified  short-term
securities  and certain  other  investments.  The level of liquid  assets varies
depending  upon  several  factors,  including:  (i)  the  yields  on  investment
alternatives;  (ii) our  judgment  as to the  attractiveness  of the yields then
available in relation to other opportunities;  (iii) expectation of future yield
levels;  and (iv) our  projections as to the  short-term  demand for funds to be
used in loan  origination  and other  activities.  At  December  31,  2002,  our
investment  securities  portfolio  consisted  primarily of FHLB bonds of various
maturities.

     Our  securities  at December  31, 2002 did not  contain  securities  of any
issuer with an  aggregate  book value in excess of 10% of our equity,  excluding
those issued by the United States Government or its agencies.

     Mortgage-Backed   Securities.  We  have  invested  from  time  to  time  in
residential mortgage- backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities can serve as
collateral for borrowings  and,  through  repayments,  as a source of liquidity.
Mortgage-backed  securities represent a participation interest in a pool of one-
to four-family or other type of mortgages.  Principal and interest  payments are
passed  from  the  mortgage  originators,   through  intermediaries   (generally
quasi-governmental agencies) that pool and repackage the participation interests
in the  form  of  securities,  to  investors  such  as us.  Our  mortgage-backed
securities  portfolio  consists  primarily of  participations  or pass-  through
certificates issued by the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA").

                                     - 61 -



GNMA  certificates are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the full faith
and credit of the United States. Our  mortgage-backed  securities  portfolio was
classified as "held-to-maturity" at December 31, 2002.

     Expected  maturities  will  differ  from  contractual   maturities  due  to
scheduled  repayments and because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

     Mortgage-backed  securities  typically  are issued  with  stated  principal
amounts.  The  securities  are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with
interest  rates that are  within a set range and have  varying  maturities.  The
underlying pool of mortgages can be composed of either  fixed-rate or adjustable
mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are generally referred to as mortgage
participation certificates or pass-through certificates.  The interest rate risk
characteristics  of the  underlying  pool  of  mortgages  (i.e.,  fixed-rate  or
adjustable-rate)  and the  prepayment  risk,  are  passed on to the  certificate
holder.  The life of a  mortgage-backed  pass- through  security is equal to the
life of the underlying mortgages.

     The  following  table  sets  forth  the  carrying  value of our  investment
securities and mortgage- backed portfolio at the dates indicated.


                                                           At December 31,
                                                       ------------------------
                                                         2002            2001
                                                       --------        --------
                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
Securities available-for-sale:
   U.S. government and agency securities........        $   --           $  754
Securities held-to-maturity:
   U.S. government and agency securities........         1,700            2,400
   Mortgage-backed securities...................           202              670
                                                        ------           ------
      Total investments.........................        $1,902           $3,824
                                                        ======           ======



                                     - 62 -



     The following table sets forth the scheduled  maturities,  carrying values,
market values and average  yields for our  investment  portfolio at December 31,
2002.





                           One Year or Less   One to Five Years  Five to Ten Years  More than Ten Years  Total Investment Securities
                           -----------------  -----------------  -----------------  -------------------  ---------------------------
                                    Weighted           Weighted           Weighted             Weighted
                           Carrying  Average  Carrying  Average  Carrying  Average  Carrying    Average  Carrying  Market   Average
                            Value     Yield    Value     Yield    Value     Yield     Value      Yield    Value    Value     Yield
                            -----     -----    -----     -----    -----     -----     -----      -----    -----    -----     -----
                                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                           
Securities held
 to maturity:
  U.S. government
   and agency securities..  $400     6.05%    $1,300     5.62%     $  --     --%      $  --        --%    $1,700   $1,780     5.72%
  Mortgage-backed
   securities.............    --        --        --        --        56    8.00        146       8.44       202      217     8.32
                             ---               -----                ----               ----                 ----    -----

     Total................  $400      6.05    $1,300      5.62     $  56    8.00      $ 146       8.44    $1,902   $1,997     6.00
                             ===               =====                ====               ====                =====    =====





                                     - 63 -



Sources of Funds

     Deposits  are our major  external  source of funds  for  lending  and other
investment  purposes.  Funds are also  derived  from the  receipt of payments on
loans and  prepayment  of loans and,  to a much  lesser  extent,  maturities  of
investment securities and mortgage-backed securities, borrowings and operations.
Scheduled  loan principal  repayments  are a relatively  stable source of funds,
while  deposit  inflows and  outflows  and loan  prepayments  are  significantly
influenced by general interest rates and market conditions.

     Deposits.  We attract  deposits  principally from within our primary market
area  through  the  offering  of a selection  of deposit  instruments  including
regular savings accounts,  money market accounts, and term certificate accounts.
Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance  required,  the time
period the funds must remain on deposit,  and the  interest  rate.  The interest
rates  we pay  on  deposits  are  set  weekly  at the  direction  of our  senior
management.  Interest rates are determined based on our liquidity  requirements,
interest  rates paid by our  competitors,  and our growth  goals and  applicable
regulatory restrictions and requirements.

     Like most savings institutions,  the Bank has historically relied primarily
on  certificates  of deposit  for  funding.  In order to attract  funds in prior
years,  the Bank had paid higher rates on certificate  accounts which caused its
cost of funds to  increase.  Recently,  the Bank has  attempted  to  reduce  its
reliance on certificate accounts by attracting more transaction  accounts,  such
as checking,  NOW and money market accounts. As higher rate certificates mature,
the Bank expects to reduce its cost of funds.

     At December  31,  2002,  time  certificates  in amounts of $100,000 or more
constituted  $3.5 million,  or 12.6%, of our total deposit base. The majority of
these certificates represent deposits from long-standing customers.


                                     - 64 -



     At December 31, 2002, our deposits were represented by the various types of
savings programs described below.




Interest     Minimum                                         Minimum          Balances       Percentage of
  Rate*       Term              Category                     Balance       (in thousands)   Total Deposits
  -----       ----              --------                     -------       --------------   --------------

                                                                               
0.00%        None           Basic checking                   $   100         $1,430             5.08%
0.50         None           Passbook savings                      25          3,169            11.27
0.25         None           NOW accounts                         100          1,107             3.94
0.75         None           Money market account               1,500          2,072             7.37

                            Certificates of Deposit
                            -----------------------
1.76         91 day         Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000            794             2.82
1.95         182 day        Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000          1,821             6.47
2.27         9 month        Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000          1,162             4.13
2.50         1 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000          3,438            12.22
2.76         18 month       Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000            397             1.41
3.14         23 month       Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000            223             0.79
3.98         2 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000          1,081             3.84
3.73         24 month       Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000            543             1.93
4.46         30 month       Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000            863             3.07
4.86         3 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000          2,952            10.50
4.91         4 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000            397             1.41
5.73         5 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000          5,029            17.88
2.40         IRA            Fixed-term, fixed-rate             1,000          1,615             5.74
7.64         Other                                                               35             0.13
                                                                             ------          -------
                            Total certificates of deposit                   $20,350            72.34
                                                                             ------          -------
                                                                            $28,128          100.00%
                                                                             ======          ======

- ------------------
*    Represents weighted average interest rate.

     The  following  table sets forth the average  balances and  interest  rates
based on  month-end  balances  for  interest-bearing  demand  deposits  and time
deposits as of the dates indicated.




                                                             Year Ended December 31,
                                                -----------------------------------------------
                                                        2002                       2001
                                                -----------------------------------------------
                                                Average      Average       Average      Average
                                                Balance       Rate         Balance       Rate
                                                -------      -------       -------      -------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands)

                                                                           
Non interest-bearing demand.................    $ 1,202         --%       $ 1,033          --%
Interest-bearing demand.....................      2,892       0.91%         2,488        1.90%
Passbook savings............................      3,363       0.65%         2,746        1.82%
Certificates of deposit.....................     20,230       4.43%        19,787        4.46%
                                                 ------                    ------

     Total..................................    $27,687                   $26,054
                                                 ======                    ======




                                     - 65 -



     The following table sets forth our time certificates classified by interest
rate at the dates indicated.


                                      At December 31,
                                 ------------------------
                                   2002            2001
                                 --------       ---------
                                  (Dollars in thousands)
Interest Rate
0.00-1.99%.............          $  1,993       $     13
2.00-3.99%.............             9,440          7,009
4.00-5.99%.............             5,579          7,013
6.00-7.99%.............             3,328          5,865
8.00-9.99%.............                10             10
  Total................           $20,350        $19,910

     The  following  table  sets forth the  amount  and  maturities  of our time
certificates at December 31, 2002.




                                                             Amount Due
                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Less Than          One to            Two to             After
Rate                         One Year         Two Years        Three Years       Three Years           Total
- ----                        ---------         ---------        -----------       -----------           -----
                                                             (In thousands)

                                                                                   
0.00-1.99%.............     $  1,993          $     --         $      --         $      --          $  1,993
2.00-3.99%.............        6,629             1,949               821                41             9,440
4.00-5.99%.............        1,594             1,714                90             2,181             5,579
6.00-7.99%.............          702               190             2,195               241             3,328
8.00-9.99%.............           10                --                --                --                10
                             -------           -------          --------          --------           -------
  Total................     $ 10,928          $  3,853         $   3,106         $   2,463          $ 20,350
                             =======           =======          ========          ========           =======



     The  following  table  sets  forth our  deposit  activity  for the  periods
indicated:




                                                                   Increase
                                                                  (Decrease)
                                       Balance at                    from         Balance at
                                      December 31,      % of     December 31,    December 31,       % of
                                          2002        Deposits       2001            2001         Deposits
                                      ------------    --------   ------------    ------------     --------
                                                           (Dollars in thousands)

                                                                                 
Basic checking...................        $ 1,430        5.08%      $  415          $ 1,015          3.81%
NOW accounts.....................          1,107        3.94          174              933          3.51
Money markets....................          2,072        7.37          330            1,742          6.55
Passbook savings.................          3,169       11.27          158            3,011         11.31
Certificates of deposit..........         20,350       72.34          440           19,910         74.82
                                          ------      ------        -----           ------        ------
    Total........................        $28,128      100.00%      $1,517          $26,611        100.00%
                                          ======      ======        =====           ======        ======







                                     - 66 -



     The  following  table  indicates  the  amount of our time  certificates  of
$100,000 or more by original maturity as of December 31, 2002.


                                                             Certificates
Maturity Period                                              of Deposits
- ---------------                                              -----------
                                                            (In thousands)

Three months or less..................................         $   508
Over three through six months.........................             201
Over six through 12 months............................             870
Over 12 months........................................           1,957

                                                               $ 3,536

     Borrowings.  Advances  (borrowings)  may  be  obtained  from  the  FHLB  of
Cincinnati to supplement our supply of lendable funds. Advances from the FHLB of
Cincinnati  are  typically  secured  by a  pledge  of our  stock  in the FHLB of
Cincinnati,  a portion of our first mortgage  loans and other assets.  Each FHLB
credit program has its own interest rate, which may be fixed or adjustable,  and
range of  maturities.  At  December  31,  2002,  we did not have any  borrowings
outstanding.

     The following table sets forth certain information at the dates and for the
periods  indicated  regarding the Bank's FHLB advances which were its only class
of borrowings outstanding during the past two fiscal years.




                                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                                                         -----------------------
                                                                           2002           2001
                                                                         --------       --------
                                                                                
Amounts outstanding at end of period..................................   $    --        $ 1,000
Weighted average rate paid ...........................................      2.47%          4.17%
Maximum amount of borrowings outstanding at any month end.............   $ 1,000        $ 1,000
Average borrowings outstanding (1)....................................   $   530        $   540
Approximate weighted average rate paid (1)............................      2.47%          4.17%


- -------------
(1)  Based on month-end balances.

Competition

     We compete for deposits with other insured  financial  institutions such as
local  commercial  banks,  thrift  institutions,  credit unions and  multi-state
regional  banks in our market  area.  We also  compete for funds with  insurance
products sold by local agents and  investment  products such as mutual funds and
other securities sold by local and regional brokers.  According to data from the
FDIC, we held approximately 5% of FDIC-insured  deposits in Hopkins County as of
June 30, 2002, the latest date for which such data was available. Such data does
not cover  deposits held by credit  unions.  We have  historically  competed for
deposits by paying higher rates than our local competitors.

                                     - 67 -



     Our  competition  for loans  depends on market  conditions  and the type of
lending. Our competition for residential mortgages comes primarily from mortgage
bankers and brokers who primarily originate long-term fixed-rate loans on behalf
of secondary market  investors.  While we also originate  long-term,  fixed-rate
loans on  behalf  of  secondary  market  investors,  our  principal  residential
mortgage  loan  offerings  are our various  ARM loans  which we market  based on
flexibility of terms and superior  service.  We compete  primarily against other
local depository institutions for commercial and multi-family real estate loans.
We  compete  for  these  lending  opportunities  primarily  on the  basis of our
flexibility and  responsiveness as a locally owned and oriented  community bank.
We compete  against other local  financial  institutions  and a variety of other
lenders including  finance  companies and automobile  dealers for consumer loans
and second mortgages.  We generally compete for these loans based on our variety
of lending solutions, customer relationships and quality of service.

Properties

     The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  regarding  our main
office, which is our only location.


                                               Book Value at
                           Year    Owned or     December 31,    Approximate
                          Opened    Leased          2002       Square Footage
                          ------    ------          ----       --------------
                                        (Dollars in thousands)

Main Office:
240 South Main Street
Madisonville, KY 42431     1959      Owned          $ 28           4,200


     The book value of the Bank's  investment in premises and equipment  totaled
$773,000 at December 31, 2002. See Note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.

     On April 11, 2003, the Bank acquired a property  located at 2400 North Main
Street in  Madisonville  for a future  branch  location.  The two-acre  property
includes an existing  building  with over 4200 square feet of ground level space
and a paved  parking lot. The purchase  price was $360,000.  The Bank  estimates
that it will invest an  additional  $500,000  to remodel and equip the  existing
structure to serve as a branch.  The Bank expects to finance these  expenditures
from cash on hand and existing cash flows.  The Bank expects to begin remodeling
by year end.

Personnel

     At December 31, 2002, we had 12 full-time and no part-time employees.  None
of our employees are  represented by a collective  bargaining  group. We believe
that our relationship with our employees is good.


                                     - 68 -



Legal Proceedings

     We are,  from time to time,  a party to legal  proceedings  arising  in the
ordinary  course of our business,  including  legal  proceedings  to enforce our
rights against borrowers.  We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings
which  are  expected  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial
statements.

                                   REGULATION

     Set forth below is a brief  description of certain laws which relate to us.
The  description  is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by references
to applicable laws and regulations.

General

     As a federally chartered,  SAIF-insured  savings  institution,  the Bank is
subject to  extensive  regulation  by the OTS and the FDIC.  The Bank's  lending
activities  and other  investments  must comply with  various  federal and state
statutory and regulatory  requirements,  and the OTS  periodically  examines the
Bank for  compliance  with various  regulatory  requirements.  The FDIC also has
authority to conduct  periodic  examinations.  We must file reports with the OTS
describing  our  activities  and our  financial  condition,  and we must  obtain
approvals from regulatory authorities before entering into certain transactions,
such as the conversion or mergers with other financial institutions. We are also
subject to certain reserve requirements promulgated by the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System ("Federal Reserve System"). Our relationship with our
depositors  and  borrowers  is also  regulated  to a great extent by federal and
state law,  especially in such matters as the ownership of savings  accounts and
the form and content of our mortgage documents.  This supervision and regulation
is primarily intended to protect depositors. The regulatory structure also gives
the  regulatory  authorities  extensive  discretion  in  connection  with  their
supervisory  and  enforcement  activities and  examination  policies,  including
policies with respect to the  classification  of assets and the establishment of
adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.  Any change in regulations,
whether  by the OTS,  the FDIC or any  other  government  agency,  could  have a
material adverse impact on our operations.

Regulation of the Bank

     Insurance of Deposit  Accounts.  The FDIC  maintains two separate funds for
the insurance of deposits up to prescribed  statutory limits. The Bank Insurance
Fund ("BIF")  insures the deposits of commercial  banks and the SAIF insures the
deposits  of  savings  associations.  We are a member of the  SAIF.  The FDIC is
authorized to establish  separate annual  assessment rates for deposit insurance
for members of the BIF and the SAIF. The FDIC may increase  assessment rates for
either  fund if  necessary  to restore  the fund's  ratio of reserves to insured
deposits to its target  level within a  reasonable  time and may  decrease  such
assessment  rates if such target level has been met. The FDIC has  established a
risk-based  assessment system for both SAIF and BIF members.  Under this system,
assessments are set within a range,  based on the risk the institution  poses to
its  deposit  insurance  fund.  This  risk  level  is  determined  based  on the
institution's  capital level and the FDIC's level of  supervisory  concern about
the institution.

                                     - 69 -



     Regulatory Capital  Requirements.  OTS capital  regulations require savings
institutions to meet three capital  standards:  (1) tangible capital equal to at
least 1.5 % of total adjusted assets, (2) core capital equal to at least 3.0% of
total adjusted assets,  and (3) total risk-based  capital equal to at least 8.0%
of total risk-weighted  assets. In addition,  the OTS may require that a savings
institution that has a risk-based  capital ratio less than 8.0%, a ratio of Tier
1  capital  to risk-  weighted  assets  of less  than  4.0% or a ratio of Tier 1
capital to adjusted total assets of less than 4.0% (3.0% if the  institution has
received the highest rating on its most recent examination) take certain actions
to increase its capital ratios.  If the  institution's  capital is significantly
below the minimum  required  levels or if it is  unsuccessful  in increasing its
capital ratios, the OTS may significantly restrict its activities.

     Core capital is defined as common  stockholders' equity (including retained
earnings),  non- cumulative  perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in
the equity  accounts  of  consolidated  subsidiaries,  certain  non-withdrawable
accounts and pledged  deposits of mutual  savings  associations  and  qualifying
supervisory   goodwill,   less  intangible   assets  (other  than  core  deposit
intangibles,  servicing  assets,  purchased credit card  relationships and other
qualifying  intangible assets) and investments in certain  subsidiaries.  Tier 1
has the same  definition  as core capital.  Tangible  capital is defined as core
capital less supervisory goodwill,  non-mortgage  servicing assets and purchased
credit card relationships and less certain investments in subsidiaries.

     Total risk-based  capital equals the sum of core capital plus supplementary
capital.  The components of supplementary  capital  include,  among other items,
cumulative  perpetual preferred stock,  perpetual  subordinated debt,  mandatory
convertible  subordinated  debt,  intermediate-term  preferred  stock,  and  the
portion of the  allowance  for loan  losses not  designated  for  specific  loan
losses.  Overall,  supplementary  capital is limited to 100% of core capital.  A
savings institution must calculate its risk-weighted  assets by multiplying each
asset and  off-balance  sheet item by various risk factors as  determined by the
OTS,  which  range  from 0% for  cash to 100%  for  delinquent  loans,  property
acquired through  foreclosure,  commercial  loans, and other assets. At December
31, 2002, we were in compliance with all regulatory  capital  requirements as is
shown in the table below.

                                                             Percent of
                                              Amount         Assets(1)
                                              ------         ---------
                                              (Dollars in thousands)

Tangible capital...........................    $1,749          5.83%
Tangible capital requirement...............       450          1.50
                                                -----         -----
   Excess..................................    $1,299          4.33%
                                                =====         =====

Core capital...............................    $1,749          5.83%
Core capital requirement(2)................     1,199          4.00
                                                -----         -----
   Excess..................................    $  550          1.83%
                                                =====         =====

Total risk-based capital...................    $1,855         11.12%
Total risk-based capital requirement.......     1,335          8.00
                                                -----         -----
   Excess..................................    $  520          3.12%
                                                =====         =====
- ----------------
(1)  Based on adjusted  total assets for  purposes of the  tangible  capital and
     core capital requirements and risk-weighted assets for purpose of the total
     risk-based capital requirement.
(2)  Reflects  the  capital  requirement  which the Bank must  satisfy  to avoid
     regulatory  restrictions  that may be imposed pursuant to prompt corrective
     action regulations.

                                     - 70 -



     The Bank  currently  meets the  criteria to be treated as well  capitalized
under  OTS  regulations.  As a well  capitalized  institution,  the  Bank is not
subject  to  various   sanctions   that  may  be  imposed  on   undercapitalized
institutions. As long as the Bank is well capitalized or adequately capitalized,
it may be eligible for expedited  treatment of its regulatory  applications  and
lower examination and deposit insurance assessment rates.

     OTS rules require a deduction  from capital for savings  institutions  with
certain levels of interest rate risk.  The OTS calculates the  sensitivity of an
institution's  net portfolio value based on data submitted by the institution in
a schedule to its quarterly  Thrift Financial Report and using the interest rate
risk measurement  model adopted by the OTS. The amount of the interest rate risk
component,  if any, deducted from an institution's total capital is based on the
institution's  Thrift Financial Report filed two quarters  earlier.  The OTS has
indefinitely postponed  implementation of the interest rate risk component,  and
the Bank has not been  required  to  determine  whether it will be  required  to
deduct an interest rate risk component from capital.

     Dividend and Other Capital Distribution  Limitations.  OTS regulations will
require  the  Bank  to  give  the OTS 30 days  advance  notice  of any  proposed
declaration  of dividends  to the  Company.  The OTS may prohibit the payment of
dividends to the Company. In addition, we may not declare or pay a cash dividend
on our capital  stock if the effect  would be to reduce our  regulatory  capital
below the amount required for the  liquidation  account to be established at the
time of the  conversion.  See "The  Conversion -- Effects of Conversion to Stock
Form on Depositors and Borrowers of Community First Bank --Liquidation Account."

     Savings  associations  must  submit  notice  to the OTS  prior to  making a
capital  distribution (which includes  dividends,  stock repurchases and amounts
paid to stockholders in another  institution in a cash merger) if (a) they would
not be well  capitalized  after the  distribution,  (b) the  distribution  would
result in the retirement of any of the  association's  common or preferred stock
or  debt  counted  as its  regulatory  capital,  or  (c)  the  association  is a
subsidiary of a holding company. A savings  association must make application to
the OTS to pay a  capital  distribution  if (x)  the  association  would  not be
adequately  capitalized following the distribution,  (y) the association's total
distributions  for the calendar year exceed the association's net income for the
calendar year to date plus its net income (less distributions) for the preceding
two years, or (z) the  distribution  would otherwise  violate  applicable law or
regulation or an agreement with or condition imposed by the OTS.

     A savings institution is prohibited from making a capital  distribution if,
after making the distribution, the savings institution would be undercapitalized
(i.e.,  not  meet  any  one of its  minimum  regulatory  capital  requirements).
Further,  a savings  institution  cannot distribute  regulatory  capital that is
needed for its liquidation account.

     Qualified Thrift Lender Test.  Savings  institutions  must meet a Qualified
Thrift  Lender  test.  To satisfy  the test,  we must  either  (i)  qualify as a
"domestic  building and loan  association"  under the  Internal  Revenue Code by
maintaining  at least 60% of our  total  assets in  specified  types of  assets,
including cash, certain government securities, loans secured by and other assets
related to  residential  real  property,  educational  loans and  investments in
premises of the institution or (ii)

                                     - 71 -



maintain at least 65% of our  portfolio  assets  (total  assets less  intangible
assets,  property we use in  conducting  our  business  and liquid  assets in an
amount not  exceeding  20% of total  assets) in  Qualified  Thrift  Investments.
Qualified Thrift Investments consist primarily of residential mortgage loans and
mortgage-backed  and other  securities  related to  domestic,  residential  real
estate  or  manufactured  housing.  The  shares  of  stock we own in the FHLB of
Cincinnati also qualify as Qualified Thrift Investments. Subject to an aggregate
limit of 20% of portfolio  assets,  we may also count the following as Qualified
Thrift Investments:  (i) 50% of the dollar amount of residential  mortgage loans
originated for sale, (ii) investments in the capital stock or obligations of any
service  corporation or operating  subsidiary as long as such subsidiary derives
at least 80% of its revenues from domestic  housing  related  activities,  (iii)
200% of the dollar  amount of loans and  investments  to purchase,  construct or
develop "starter homes," subject to certain other restrictions, (iv) 200% of the
dollar amount of loans for the purchase, construction or development of domestic
residential  housing or community  centers in "credit  needy" areas or loans for
small businesses located in such areas, (v) loans for the purchase, construction
or development of community centers, (vi) loans for personal,  family, household
or educational  purposes,  subject to a maximum of 10% of portfolio assets,  and
(vii)  shares of the  Federal  Home Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  or the  Federal
National Mortgage Association stock.

     If we satisfy the test, we will continue to enjoy full borrowing privileges
from  the  FHLB of  Cincinnati.  If we do not  satisfy  the test we may lose our
borrowing  restrictions and be subject to activities and branching  restrictions
applicable to national banks.  Compliance with the Qualified  Thrift Lender test
is determined on a monthly basis in nine out of every 12 months.  As of December
31, 2002, we were in compliance with our Qualified Thrift Lender requirement.

     Transactions  With Affiliates.  Generally,  transactions  between a savings
institution  and  its  affiliates  are  subject  to  certain  limitations.  Such
transactions  must be on  terms  as  favorable  to the  savings  institution  as
comparable  transactions  with  non-affiliates.  In addition,  certain  types of
transactions   are  restricted  to  an  aggregate   percentage  of  the  savings
institution's capital.  Collateral in specified amounts must usually be provided
by  affiliates  in order to receive  loans  from the  savings  institution.  Our
affiliates  include  the Company  and any  company  which would be under  common
control with us. In addition, a savings institution may not extend credit to any
affiliate  engaged in activities not  permissible  for a bank holding company or
acquire the  securities of any affiliate  that is not a subsidiary.  The OTS has
the discretion to treat  subsidiaries of savings  institution as affiliates on a
case-by-case basis.

     Loans to  Directors,  Executive  Officers and Principal  Stockholders.  Our
loans to our directors,  executive  officers and,  subsequent to the conversion,
our principal  stockholders  may not be made on terms more  favorable than those
afforded  to  other  borrowers,  except  loans  made  as part  of a  benefit  or
compensation  program widely  available to our employees and which does not give
more  preferential   terms  to  directors,   executive   officers  or  principal
stockholders  than to other  employees.  In  addition,  we cannot  make loans in
excess of certain  levels to  directors,  executive  officers  or 10% or greater
stockholders (or any of their affiliates) unless the loan is approved in advance
by a majority  of our Board of  Directors  with any  "interested"  director  not
voting. We are also prohibited from paying any overdraft of any of our executive
officers or directors. We

                                     - 72 -



are also subject to certain other  restrictions  on the amount and type of loans
to executive  officers and directors and must annually  report such loans to our
regulators.

     Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  System.  The  Bank is a  member  of the  FHLB of
Cincinnati,  which is one of 12 regional FHLBs. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or
central bank for its members within its assigned region.  It is funded primarily
from funds deposited by savings  institutions and proceeds derived from the sale
of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System. It makes loans to members (i.e.,
advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board of
Directors of the FHLB.

     As a member,  the Bank is required to purchase  and  maintain  stock in the
FHLB of  Cincinnati  in an amount equal to at least 1% of its  aggregate  unpaid
residential  mortgage loans, home purchase  contracts or similar  obligations at
the beginning of each year, or 1/20 of its advances from the FHLB of Cincinnati,
whichever is greater.  At December 31, 2002,  we had $634,000 in FHLB stock,  at
cost, which was in compliance with this requirement.

     Federal Reserve System.  The Federal Reserve System requires all depository
institutions  to maintain  non-interest  bearing  reserves at  specified  levels
against  their  transaction  accounts  (primarily  checking,  NOW and  Super NOW
checking accounts) and non-personal time certificates. At December 31, 2002, the
Bank's reserves met the minimum level required by the Federal Reserve System.

Holding Company Regulation

     General. The Company will be required to register and file reports with the
OTS and will be subject to regulation  and  examination by the OTS. In addition,
the OTS will have  enforcement  authority  over the Company and any  non-savings
institution  subsidiaries.  This will  permit the OTS to  restrict  or  prohibit
activities  that it  determines  to be a serious risk to us. This  regulation is
intended  primarily for the protection of our depositors and not for the benefit
of you, as stockholders of the Company.

     The Company will also be required to file certain  reports with, and comply
with the rules and regulations of, the SEC under the federal securities laws.

     Activities Restrictions. As a savings and loan holding company formed after
May 4, 1999,  the  Company  and its  non-savings  association  subsidiaries  are
subject to statutory and regulatory  restrictions on their business  activities.
Under the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended by the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act (the
"GLB Act"), the non-banking  activities of the Company are restricted to certain
activities  specified by statute or OTS  regulation,  which  include  performing
services  and  holding  properties  used by a  savings  association  subsidiary,
activities  authorized  for multiple  savings and loan  holding  companies as of
March 5, 1987, and non-banking activities permissible for bank holding companies
pursuant to the Bank Holding  Company Act of 1956 (the "BHC Act") or  authorized
for financial holding companies pursuant to the GLB Act. Furthermore, no company
may  acquire  control of the Bank  unless the  acquiring  company  was a unitary
savings and loan holding company on May 4, 1999 (or became a unitary savings and
loan

                                     - 73 -



holding  company  pursuant  to an  application  pending  as of that date) or the
company is only engaged in activities  that are  permitted for multiple  savings
and loan holding  companies or for financial holding companies under the BHC Act
as amended by the GLB Act.

     Restrictions on Acquisitions. The Company must obtain approval from the OTS
before  acquiring  control of any other savings  institution or savings and loan
holding company,  substantially all the assets thereof or in excess of 5% of the
outstanding  shares of another  savings  institution or savings and loan holding
company.  The Company's  directors and officers or persons owning or controlling
more than 25% of the  Company's  stock,  must also  obtain  approval  of the OTS
before acquiring control of any savings  institution or savings and loan holding
company.

     The OTS may only approve  acquisitions that will result in the formation of
a multiple savings and loan holding company which controls savings  institutions
in more than one state if: (i) the  multiple  savings and loan  holding  company
involved  controls a savings  institution which operated a home or branch office
in the state of the  institution  to be acquired  as of March 5, 1987;  (ii) the
acquiror is authorized to acquire control of the savings institution pursuant to
the emergency  acquisition  provisions of the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act; or
(iii) the  statutes  of the state in which the  institution  to be  acquired  is
located  specifically  permit  institutions  to be acquired  by  state-chartered
institutions  or savings and loan holding  companies  located in the state where
the  acquiring  entity is located (or by a holding  company that  controls  such
state-chartered savings institutions).

     Federal  Securities  Law. The Company has filed with the SEC a Registration
Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),
for the registration of the common stock. Upon completion of the conversion, the
common stock will be registered  with the SEC under the Exchange Act and,  under
OTS  regulations,  generally  may not be  deregistered  for at least three years
thereafter. The Company will be subject to the information,  proxy solicitation,
insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the Exchange Act.

     The  registration  under the  Securities  Act of the common  stock does not
cover the resale of such shares. Shares of the common stock purchased by persons
who  are  not  affiliates  of  the  Company  may  generally  be  resold  without
registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of the Company will be subject to
certain  resale  restrictions.  As long as the Company meets the current  public
information  requirements,  each  affiliate of the Company who complies with the
other conditions would be able to sell a limited number of shares based upon the
number of shares  outstanding  and the  average  trading  volume  for the common
stock.

     Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. On July 30, 2002, the President signed into law
the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act of 2002 (the "Act") which mandated a variety of reforms
intended to address  corporate and  accounting  fraud.  The Act provides for the
establishment  of a new Public Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  ("PCAOB"),
which will enforce  auditing,  quality  control and  independence  standards for
firms that audit SEC-reporting companies and will be funded by fees from all SEC
reporting  companies.  The Act imposes higher standards for auditor independence
and restricts  provision of consulting  services by auditing  firms to companies
they audit.  Any non- audit  services  being  provided  to an audit  client will
require preapproval by the Company's audit

                                     - 74 -



committee  members.  In  addition,   certain  audit  partners  must  be  rotated
periodically.  The Act requires  chief  executive  officers and chief  financial
officers,  or their  equivalent,  to certify to the accuracy of periodic reports
filed with the SEC, subject to civil and criminal penalties if they knowingly or
willfully violate this certification  requirement.  In addition,  under the Act,
counsel  will be required  to report  evidence  of a material  violation  of the
securities  laws or a  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  by a  company  to its  chief
executive  officer or its chief legal  officer,  and, if such  officer  does not
appropriately  respond,  to report such evidence to the audit committee or other
similar committee of the Board of Directors or the Board itself.

     Longer  prison  terms  will also be  applied to  corporate  executives  who
violate federal  securities laws, the period during which certain types of suits
can be brought against a company or its officers has been extended,  and bonuses
issued to top executive prior to restatement of a company's financial statements
are now  subject  to  disgorgement  if  such  restatement  was due to  corporate
misconduct.  Executives are also prohibited from trading during  retirement plan
"blackout" periods, and loans to company executives are restricted. In addition,
a provision directs that penalties levied by the SEC as a result of any judicial
or administrative action under the Act be deposited in a fund for the benefit of
harmed investors. Directors and executive officers must also report most changes
in their  ownership  of a company's  securities  within two  business day of the
change.

     The Act also  increases the oversight and authority of audit  committees of
publicly traded  companies.  Audit committee members must be independent and are
barred from accepting  consulting,  advisory or other compensatory fees from the
issuer. In addition,  all SEC reporting companies must disclose whether at least
one member of the committee is a "financial  expert" (as such term is defined by
the SEC  rules)  and if not,  why  not.  Audit  committees  of  publicly  traded
companies  will have  authority to retain  their own counsel and other  advisors
funded by the  company.  Audit  committees  must  establish  procedures  for the
receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting and auditing
matters  and  procedures  for  confidential,  anonymous  submission  of employee
concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

     Beginning  six months  after the SEC  determines  that the PCAOB is able to
carry  out its  functions,  it will be  unlawful  for any  person  that is not a
registered  public  accounting firm ("RPAF") to audit an SEC-reporting  company.
Under the Act, a RPAF is prohibited from performing  statutorily  mandated audit
services  for a  company  if  such  company's  chief  executive  officer,  chief
financial officer,  comptroller,  chief accounting officer or any person serving
in equivalent  positions has been employed by such firm and  participated in the
audit of such company during the one-year period  preceding the audit initiation
date.  The Act also  prohibits any officer or director of a company or any other
person  acting  under their  direction  from  taking any action to  fraudulently
influence,  coerce,  manipulate or mislead any  independent  public or certified
accountant  engaged in the audit of the Company's  financial  statements for the
purpose of rendering the financial statement's  materially  misleading.  The Act
also  requires the SEC to  prescribe  rules  requiring  inclusion of an internal
control   report  and   assessment   by  management  in  the  annual  report  to
stockholders.  The Act  requires the RPAF that issues the audit report to attest
to and report on management's  assessment of the Company's internal controls. In
addition, the Act requires that each financial report required to be prepared in
accordance with (or reconciled to)

                                     - 75 -



generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and filed with the SEC  reflect all
material correcting adjustments that are identified by a RPAF in accordance with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles and the rules and regulations of the
SEC.

     Although  the  Company  anticipates  it will incur  additional  expenses in
complying with the provisions of the Act and the related rules,  management does
not expect that such  compliance  will have a material  impact on the  Company's
financial condition or results of operations.

                                    TAXATION

Federal Taxation

     The Bank is subject to the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended  (the  "Code"),  in the same  general  manner as other  corporations.
However,  prior to August 1996, savings institutions such as the Bank, which met
certain  definitional tests and certain other conditions  prescribed by the Code
could benefit from certain favorable  provisions regarding their deductions from
taxable income for annual additions to their bad debt reserve. The amount of the
bad debt deduction  that a qualifying  savings  institution  could claim for tax
purposes with respect to additions to its reserve for bad debts for  "qualifying
real  property  loans"  could be based  upon our  actual  loss  experience  (the
"experience  method") or as a percentage of our taxable income (the  "percentage
of taxable income method"). Historically, we used the method that would allow us
to take the largest deduction.

     In August  1996,  the Code was revised to equalize  the taxation of savings
institutions and banks. Savings institutions, such as the Bank, no longer have a
choice between the percentage of taxable income method and the experience method
in  determining  additions  to bad debt  reserves.  Thrifts with $500 million of
assets or less may still use the experience method, which is generally available
to small banks  currently.  Larger  thrifts may only take a tax deduction when a
loan is actually charged off. Any reserve amounts added after 1987 will be taxed
over a six year period beginning in 1996;  however,  bad debt reserves set aside
through  1987  are  generally  not  taxed.  A  savings   institution  may  delay
recapturing  into income its post-1987  bad debt reserves for an additional  two
years if it meets a residential-lending test. This law is not expected to have a
material  impact on us. At December  31,  2002,  we had  $525,000  of  post-1987
bad-debt reserves.

     Earnings  appropriated  to  our  bad  debt  reserve  and  claimed  as a tax
deduction  including our supplemental  reserves for losses will not be available
for the payment of cash dividends or for distribution  (including  distributions
made on  dissolution  or  liquidation),  unless we include the amount in income,
along with the amount deemed necessary to pay the resulting  federal income tax.
If such amount is used for any purpose  other than bad debt losses,  including a
dividend  distribution or a distribution  in liquidation,  it will be subject to
federal income tax at the then current rate.

     The Code  imposes a tax  ("AMT")  on  alternative  minimum  taxable  income
("AMTI")  at a rate of 20%.  AMTI is  increased  by  certain  preference  items,
including the excess of the tax bad debt reserve  deduction using the percentage
of taxable income method over the deduction that

                                     - 76 -



would have been allowable under the experience  method.  Only 90% of AMTI can be
offset by net operating  loss  carryovers of which we currently  have  $557,000.
AMTI is also  adjusted by  determining  the tax  treatment of certain items in a
manner  that  negates  the  deferral  of income  resulting  from the regular tax
treatment of those items.  Thus, our AMTI is increased by an amount equal to 75%
of  the  amount  by  which  our  adjusted  current  earnings  exceeds  our  AMTI
(determined  without  regard to this  adjustment  and prior to reduction for net
operating  losses).  In tax years  beginning  after December 31, 1997, a "small"
corporation  will not be subject to the AMT  because its  tentative  minimum tax
will be treated as zero.  For a tax year  beginning in 1998, a corporation  that
has had average  annual gross  receipts of  $5,000,000 or less for its 1995-1997
tax years will be a small  corporation.  Once a  corporation  is recognized as a
small corporation, it will continue to be exempt from AMT as long as its average
annual  gross  receipts  for  the  prior  3-year  period  is  not in  excess  of
$7,500,000.  If a  corporation  ceases to be a small  corporation,  the AMT will
apply prospectively only.

     The Company may exclude from its income 100% of dividends  received from us
as a  member  of the same  affiliated  group of  corporations.  A 70%  dividends
received  deduction  generally  applies with respect to dividends  received from
corporations that are not members of such affiliated  group,  except that an 80%
dividends  received  deduction  applies if the Company owns more than 20% of the
stock of a corporation paying a dividend.  The above exclusion amounts, with the
exception  of the  affiliated  group  figure,  were reduced in years in which we
availed our self of the percentage of taxable income bad debt deduction method.

     Our federal  income tax returns have not been audited by the IRS during the
past five years.

State Taxation

     The  Commonwealth of Kentucky  imposes an annual franchise tax on financial
institutions  regularly  engaged in  business in Kentucky at any time during the
calendar  year.  This tax is 1.1% of the  financial  institution's  adjusted net
capital.  For purposes of this tax,  net capital is defined as the  aggregate of
the Bank's capital stock, paid-in capital,  retained earnings and net unrealized
gains or losses on securities  designated as  available-for-sale  less an amount
equal to the  five-year  average  of the  percentage  that the book value of any
United States obligations held by the Bank bears to the book value of the Bank's
total assets.  Financial  institutions  which are subject to tax both within and
without  Kentucky  must  apportion  their  net  capital.   For  the  year  ended
December 31,  2002,  the amount of such  expense  for  Community  First Bank was
approximately $25,000.

                   MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.

     The Company's Board of Directors consists of the same individuals who serve
as directors of Community  First Bank. The Company's  articles of  incorporation
and bylaws require that directors be divided into three classes, as nearly equal
in number as possible.  Each class of directors serves for a three-year  period,
with  approximately  one-third of the directors  elected each year. Our officers
will be elected annually by the Board and serve at the Board's discretion.


                                     - 77 -



     The following individuals will serve as executive officers of the Company.


Name                              Position(s) with the Company
- ----                              ----------------------------

William M. Tandy                  President and Chief Executive Officer
Marilyn A. Locke                  Vice President
Michael D. Wortham                Vice President and Secretary and Treasurer


                       MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

Directors and Executive Officers

     The Bank's  Board of Directors  is composed of nine  members,  each of whom
serves for a term of three years.  The proposed stock charter and bylaws require
that  directors  be divided  into three  classes,  as nearly  equal in number as
possible.  Each  class  of  directors  serves  for  a  three-year  period,  with
approximately one-third of the directors elected each year. Officers are elected
annually by our Board and serve at the Board's discretion.

     The following  table sets forth  information  with respect to our directors
and  executive  officers,  all of  whom  will  continue  to  serve  in the  same
capacities after the conversion.




                           Age as of
                         December 31,                                           Director         Term
Name                         2002         Position(s) with the Bank               Since        Expires
- ----                     ------------     -------------------------             --------       -------

                                                                                      
William M. Tandy              47          President and Chief Executive             2001         2004
                                          Officer; Director
Michael D. Wortham            32          Vice President; Secretary                 1998         2005
                                          Treasurer and Director
Ralph T. Teague               84          Vice Chairman of the Board;               1979         2005
                                          Director
Paul W. Arison                51          Director                                  1998         2006
Charlotte E. Baldwin          71          Director                                  1991         2006
Steven E. Carson              51          Director                                  1991         2004
Charles G. Ramsey             51          Director                                  2001         2005
J. Craig Riddle               78          Director                                  1970         2004
Charles B. Vaughn             55          Director                                  1999         2006
Marilyn A. Locke              54          Vice President                             N/A          N/A





                                     - 78 -


     The business  experience  for the past five years of each of the  directors
and executive officers is as follows:

     William M. Tandy has served as President and Chief Executive officer of the
Bank from November 2001 to the present.  From 1993 to 2001,  Mr. Tandy served as
President of Hacienda Bank, Santa Maria,  California.  Mr. Tandy has been in the
banking  industry since 1974 and has been brought in as Chief Executive  Officer
by three  different  banks to successfully  effect  turnarounds.  Mr. Tandy is a
member of the Madisonville  Rotary Club and is past president of the Santa Maria
Valley  Economic  Association and a past board member of the Santa Maria Chamber
of Commerce and the Santa Barbara County Workforce Investment Board.

     Michael D. Wortham has been employed with the Bank since 1994 and currently
serves as the Bank's Loan Officer,  Compliance Officer, Secretary and Treasurer.
Mr.  Wortham  has  served as a board  member  with the  Madisonville  Chamber of
Commerce and the United Way and as President of the Kiwanis Club.

     Ralph T. Teague is a retired  coal company  executive.  He is active in the
Madisonville Kiwanis Club.

     Paul W. Arison has been employed in the  Commissary  at the Hopkins  County
Detention Facility since 2001. Prior to that time, he managed Kuester's Hardware
Store in Madisonville. Mr. Arison is active in the local Kiwanis Club.

     Charlotte E. Baldwin  retired as Vice President - Municipal and Public Unit
Sales for Cadre  Securities in 1993. She had previously  been a trust officer at
the First National Bank of Louisville. Ms. Baldwin was the Mayor of Madisonville
from 1978 to 1984 and served as the Kentucky Secretary of Natural Resources from
1984 to 1987. She is a member of the Hopkins County  Reapportionment  Committee,
the Madisonville  Chamber of Commerce and the Madisonville  Community College --
Growth Committee. Ms. Baldwin is a trustee of the University of Evansville.  She
is a member  of the  Finance  and  Visitation  Committees  of the  First  United
Methodist Church in Madisonville  where she is also a Discipleship Class leader.
Ms. Baldwin is also a Bible Study Leader in a local Ecumenical Group.

     Steven E. Carson is the  owner/operator of  Barnett-Strother  Funeral Home,
Inc.,  in  Madisonville.  Mr.  Carson  has been  active  with the Lions Club and
Salvation Army.

     Charles G. Ramsey is Vice President - Finance and Chief  Financial  Officer
of the Renshaw Automotive Group in Hopkinsville,  Kentucky.  He is active in the
Kiwanis Club and a member of the Chamber of Commerce.  Mr. Ramsey is a Certified
Public Accountant.

     J. Craig Riddle is a retired  insurance agent. Mr. Riddle was the owner and
principal of the J. Craig Riddle  Insurance Co., a full line insurance broker in
Madisonville,  Kentucky.  Mr.  Riddle is a founding  member of the Kentucky Lake
Sailing Club.


                                     - 79 -



     Charles B. Vaughn is the President and co-owner of Happy's of Madisonville,
an office equipment  dealer located in  Madisonville.  Mr. Vaughn is a member of
the board of the  Madisonville  Chamber of Commerce,  is a member of the Kiwanis
Club and has been active with the United Way.

     Marilyn A.  Locke has been  employed  by the Bank since 1974 and  currently
serves as its Vice President and Mortgage Officer. She is active with the Rotary
Club and March of Dimes.

Meetings of the Board of Directors

     The Board of Directors  conducts its business through meetings of the Board
and through  activities of its  committees.  During the year ended  December 31,
2002,  the Board of Directors  held 12 regular  meetings and met informally on a
weekly  basis.  The Board of  Directors  does not  currently  have any  separate
committees.  No director  attended  fewer than 75% of the total  meetings of the
Board of Directors and committees on which such director  served during the year
ended December 31, 2002.

Director Compensation

     Directors  (including  directors who are also employees)  receive a monthly
fee of $400.  Total fees paid to the directors  for the year ended  December 31,
2002 were $43,200.

Executive Compensation

     Summary  Compensation  Table.  The following  table sets forth the cash and
non-cash  compensation  awarded to or earned by our chief executive  officer for
the year ended December 31, 2002. No other employee earned in excess of $100,000
for the year ended December 31, 2002.

     Name and           Fiscal      Annual Compensation      All Other
                                    -------------------
Principal Position       Year       Salary       Bonus      Compensation(1)
- ------------------       ----       ------       -----      --------------

William M. Tandy         2002       $100,000     $  --        $10,800
President
- ----------------

(1)  Consists of $4,800 in directors fees and $6,000 automobile allowance.

     Employment  and  Severance  Agreements.  We have entered into an employment
agreement  with our  President,  William M. Tandy.  The  agreement has a term of
three years  which may be extended  for an  additional  one-year  period on each
anniversary date if the Board of Directors determines that Mr. Tandy has met the
requirements  of the  Board.  Mr.  Tandy's  base  salary  under  the  employment
agreement is $100,000.  Mr. Tandy is also  eligible to receive  bonuses of 7% of
the Bank's  quarterly  net profits.  His agreement is terminable by us for "just
cause" as defined in the agreement. If we terminate Mr. Tandy without just cause
or if Mr. Tandy terminates his employment for "good reason," he will be entitled
to a  continuation  of his  salary  from the  date of  termination  through  the
remaining  term of the  agreement,  plus an additional  12 months.  If Mr. Tandy
shall become  disabled  during the term of his  agreement,  he shall continue to
receive

                                     - 80 -



payment of 100% of the base salary for a period of up to 180 days. Such payments
shall not be reduced by any other benefit  payments made under other  disability
program in effect for our employees.  If Mr. Tandy's employment terminates for a
reason  other than just cause,  he will be  entitled to purchase  from us family
medical  insurance  through any group health plan  maintained by us. Mr. Tandy's
agreement also contains a provision stating that in the event of the termination
of employment in connection with any change in control of the Company or us, Mr.
Tandy will be paid a lump sum amount equal to 2.99 times his  five-year  average
annual  taxable  cash  compensation.  We may also enter  into  change-in-control
severance  agreements  with Mr. Wortham and Ms. Locke.  These  agreements  would
provide that Mr.  Wortham and Ms. Locke would  receive a similar  payment in the
event  of a  change  in  control.  If such  payments  had been  made  under  the
agreements  as  of  December  31,  2002,   such  payments   would  have  equaled
approximately  $300,000,  $114,000 and  $120,000,  respectively.  The  aggregate
payments  that would  have been made to them would be an expense to us,  thereby
reducing our net income and our capital by that amount.

Future Stock Benefit Plans

     Stock Option Plan. We intend to adopt a stock option plan (the Option Plan)
following the conversion, subject to approval by the Company's stockholders at a
meeting to be held no sooner than six months after the conversion. If the Option
Plan is adopted during the first year following the conversion,  the Option Plan
would be in compliance with the OTS conversion  regulations in effect.  See " --
Restrictions  on Stock  Benefit  Plans." If the Option Plan is adopted more than
one year after the  conversion,  the Option Plan will not be subject to such OTS
regulations  and  policies.  If the Option Plan is  implemented  within one year
after the  conversion,  in accordance with OTS  regulations,  a number of shares
equal  to 10% of the  aggregate  shares  of  common  stock to be  issued  in the
offering  (i.e.,  21,000  shares  based upon the sale of  210,000  shares at the
midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range) would be reserved for issuance by the
Company upon exercise of stock options or stock appreciation  rights ("SARs") to
be granted to our officers,  directors and employees from time to time under the
Option  Plan.  The  purpose  of the Option  Plan would be to provide  additional
performance  and  retention  incentives  to  certain  officers,   directors  and
employees by  facilitating  their  purchase of a stock  interest in the Company.
Under the OTS conversion  regulations,  the Option Plan would provide for a term
of 10 years,  after which no awards could be made, unless earlier  terminated by
the Board of Directors  pursuant to the Option Plan. The options would vest over
a five-year  period (i.e.,  20% per year),  beginning one year after the date of
grant of the option.  Options  would expire no later than 10 years from the date
granted and would expire earlier if the Option Committee so determines or in the
event of termination of employment.  Options would be granted based upon several
factors, including seniority, job duties and responsibilities,  job performance,
our  financial  performance  and a comparison  of awards given by other  savings
institutions converting from mutual to stock form.

     The Company  would  receive no monetary  consideration  for the granting of
stock  options or SARs under the Option Plan.  It would receive the option price
for each share issued to optionees  upon the  exercise of such  options.  Shares
issued as a result of the  exercise  of options  will be either  authorized  but
unissued shares or shares purchased in the open market by the

                                     - 81 -



Company.  However,  no  purchases  in the open  market  will be made that  would
violate  applicable  regulations  restricting  purchases  by  the  Company.  The
exercise of options and payment for the shares received would  contribute to the
equity of the Company.

     Management  Recognition  Plan.  We intend to adopt  the MRP  following  the
conversion,  the  objective  of which is to enable us to  retain  personnel  and
directors of  experience  and ability in key  positions of  responsibility.  The
Company expects to hold a stockholders'  meeting no sooner than six months after
the conversion in order for  stockholders to vote to approve the MRP. If the MRP
is  implemented  within  one year  after  the  conversion,  in  accordance  with
applicable OTS regulations, the shares granted under the MRP will be in the form
of  restricted  stock  vesting  over a  five-year  period  (i.e.,  20% per year)
beginning  one year  after  the date of grant of the  award.  Additionally,  the
number of shares to be granted  could not  exceed 3% of the  shares  sold in the
conversion (4% if we had tangible  capital of 10% or more) if the MRP is adopted
during the first year following conversion.  If the MRP is implemented more than
one  year  after  the  conversion,  the MRP  will  not be  subject  to such  OTS
regulations and policies.  Compensation expense in the amount of the fair market
value of the common  stock  granted will be  recognized  pro rata over the years
during which the shares are payable. Until they have vested, such shares may not
be sold, pledged or otherwise disposed of and are required to be held in escrow.
Any shares not so allocated would be voted by the MRP Trustees.  Awards would be
granted  based upon a number of  factors,  including  seniority,  job duties and
responsibilities,  job  performance,  our performance and a comparison of awards
given by other institutions  converting from mutual to stock form. The MRP would
be managed by a committee of non-employee  directors (the "MRP  Trustees").  The
MRP Trustees would have the responsibility to invest all funds contributed by us
to the trust created for the MRP (the "MRP Trust").

     The Bank expects to contribute  sufficient funds to the MRP so that the MRP
Trust can  purchase,  in the  aggregate,  up to 4% of the amount of common stock
that is  sold in the  conversion.  The  shares  purchased  by the MRP  would  be
authorized but unissued shares or would be purchased in the open market.  In the
event the market price of the common stock is greater than $10.00 per share, our
contribution of funds will be increased. Likewise, in the event the market price
is  lower  than  $10.00  per  share,  our  contribution  will be  decreased.  In
recognition of their prior and expected  services to us and the Company,  as the
case may be,  the  officers,  other  employees  and  directors  responsible  for
implementation  of the  policies  adopted  by the  Board  of  Directors  and our
profitable operation will, without cost to them, be awarded stock under the MRP.
Based upon the sale of 210,000  shares of common  stock in the  offering  at the
midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range, the MRP Trust is expected to purchase
up to 8,400 shares of common stock.

     Restrictions on Stock Benefit Plans.  OTS  regulations  provide that in the
event we implement  stock option or  management  and/or  employee  stock benefit
plans within one year from the date of  conversion,  such plans must comply with
the following restrictions:

     o    the plans must be fully disclosed in the prospectus;


                                     - 82 -



     o    for stock option  plans,  the total number of shares for which options
          may  be  granted  may  not  exceed  10% of the  shares  issued  in the
          conversion;

     o    for restricted  stock plans such as the MRP, the shares may not exceed
          3% of the shares issued in the  conversion (4% for  institutions  with
          10% or greater tangible capital);

     o    the aggregate  amount of stock purchased by the ESOP in the conversion
          and   shares   held  by  the  MRP  may  not   exceed   10%   (12%  for
          well-capitalized institutions eligible for a 4% management recognition
          plan);

     o    no  individual  employee  may receive  more than 25% of the  available
          awards under the Option Plan or the MRP;

     o    directors  who  are  not  employees  may  not  receive  more  than  5%
          individually or 30% in the aggregate of the awards under any plan;

     o    all plans must be approved  by a majority of the total votes  eligible
          to be cast at any duly called  meeting of the  Company's  stockholders
          held no earlier than six months following the conversion;

     o    for stock option plans,  the exercise  price must be at least equal to
          the market price of the stock at the time of grant;

     o    for  restricted  stock  plans  such as the MRP,  no stock  issued in a
          conversion may be used to fund the plan;

     o    neither  stock  option  awards nor  restricted  stock  awards may vest
          earlier than 20% as of one year after the date of stockholder approval
          and 20% per year  thereafter,  and vesting may be accelerated  only in
          the case of disability or death or change in control;

     o    the proxy  material must clearly state that the OTS in no way endorses
          or approves of the plans;

     o    the plan must provide  that  directors  and  executive  officers  must
          exercise  or  forfeit  their  options if the Bank  becomes  critically
          undercapitalized  or subject to an OTS  enforcement  action or capital
          directive;

     o    prior to  implementing  the plans,  all plans must be submitted to the
          Regional  Director  of the OTS  within  five  days  after  stockholder
          approval  with  a  certification   that  the  plans  approved  by  the
          stockholders  are the same plans that were filed with and disclosed in
          the proxy  materials  relating  to the  meeting  at which  stockholder
          approval was received; and


                                     - 83 -



     o    if the plan is amended more than one year  following  the  Conversion,
          any  material  deviations  from  the  foregoing  requirements  must be
          ratified by stockholders.

     We  have  not yet  decided  whether  the  Option  Plan  or the MRP  will be
implemented during the first year after the conversion.  If they are implemented
after the first anniversary of the conversion,  the above-described  limitations
and  provisions  will not  apply  and the  stock  benefit  plans  could  include
provisions  allowing for benefits to vest over shorter periods of time. Further,
the potential acquisition by management of stock under these plans could make it
more  difficult  to  obtain  majority  support  for  stockholder   proposals  or
transactions which are opposed by management.

Certain Related Transactions

     During the year ended  December  31,  2002,  certain  of our  officers  and
directors had loans from us in amounts exceeding $60,000. All of such loans were
made in the ordinary  course of business,  were made on  substantially  the same
terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those prevailing at the time
for comparable transactions with other persons and did not involve more than the
normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

          RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS OF COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.

     The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of
the  articles of  incorporation  and bylaws of the  Company  and  certain  other
Maryland  corporate law and regulatory  provisions,  which may be deemed to have
such an anti-takeover effect. The description of these provisions is necessarily
general and we refer you, in each case,  to the  articles of  incorporation  and
bylaws of the Company which are incorporated herein by reference. See "Where You
Can Find Additional Information" as to how to obtain a copy of these documents.

     While the Board of  Directors is not aware of any effort that might be made
to obtain  control  of the  Company  after  conversion,  the Board of  Directors
believes that it is  appropriate  to include  certain  provisions as part of the
Company's  articles of incorporation  and bylaws to protect the interests of the
Company and its stockholders  from hostile takeovers  (sometimes  referred to as
"anti-takeover"  provisions) which the Board of Directors might conclude are not
in the best  interests  of the  Company  or the  Company's  stockholders.  These
provisions may have the effect of discouraging a future  takeover  attempt which
is not approved by the Board of Directors but which individual  stockholders may
deem to be in their  best  interests  or in which  stockholders  may  receive  a
substantial  premium  for their  shares  over the current  market  prices.  As a
result,  stockholders  who might desire to participate in such a transaction may
not have an opportunity to do so. Such  provisions  will also render the removal
of the current Board of Directors or management of the Company more difficult.


                                     - 84 -



Provisions of the Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

     Restriction on  Acquisition of Common Stock;  Limitations on Voting Rights.
The articles of  incorporation of the Company provide that, for a period of five
years after completion of the conversion, no person may, directly or indirectly,
acquire or offer to acquire  beneficial  ownership of more than 10% of any class
of equity security outstanding of the Company,  unless the "continuing" Board of
Directors has first approved by a two-thirds vote the offer or acquisition.  Any
shares acquired in violation of this  restriction  will not be counted as shares
outstanding  for voting  purposes,  nor will the holder be entitled to vote such
shares.  After five years from the date of conversion,  should any party acquire
the beneficial  ownership of shares in excess of 10%, the record holders of more
than 10% of any outstanding class of equity security of the Company who obtained
such  shares  without  the  requisite  approval  would be  entitled to cast only
one-hundredth  (1/100) of a vote for each share owned in excess of 10%,  and the
aggregate voting power of such holders shall be allocated  proportionately among
such record holders.  A person is a beneficial owner of a security if he has the
power to vote or direct the  voting of all or part of the  voting  rights of the
security,  or has the power to  dispose  of or  direct  the  disposition  of the
security. The articles of incorporation of the Company further provide that this
provision limiting voting rights may only be amended upon the vote of 80% of the
outstanding  shares of voting stock unless the  amendment  has been  approved by
two-thirds of the continuing directors.

     Election of Directors. The Company's articles of incorporation provide that
the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  will be divided  into three  staggered
classes,  with directors in each class elected for three-year terms. As a result
of this provision,  it would take two annual  elections to replace a majority of
the Company's  Board. The Company's bylaws provide that the size of the Board of
Directors may be increased or decreased only if two-thirds of the directors then
in office  concur in such action.  The Company has also elected to be subject to
certain  provisions  of Maryland law that provide that any vacancy  occurring in
the Board of Directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number
of directors, shall be filled by the Board. Finally, the articles impose certain
notice  and  information  requirements  in  connection  with the  nomination  by
stockholders  of  candidates  for  election  to the  Board of  Directors  or the
proposal  by  stockholders  of business to be acted upon at an annual or special
meeting of stockholders.

     The articles of  incorporation  provide that a director may only be removed
for cause and only by the affirmative  vote of at least 80% of the shares of the
Company entitled to vote generally in an election of directors cast at a meeting
of stockholders called for that purpose.

     Restrictions on Call of Special Meeting.  In its articles of incorporation,
the Company has elected to be subject to certain provisions of Maryland law that
provide that special  meetings of stockholders  may be called only by a majority
of the Board of Directors,  or a duly  designated  committee of the Board, or on
the written request of a majority of the stockholders.

     Absence of  Cumulative  Voting.  The  Company's  articles of  incorporation
provide  that  stockholders  may not  cumulate  their  votes in the  election of
directors.


                                     - 85 -



     Authorized Shares. The articles of incorporation  authorize the issuance of
5,000,000  shares of common stock and 1,000,000  shares of preferred  stock. The
shares of common stock and preferred  stock were authorized in an amount greater
than that to be issued in the  conversion  to  provide  the  Company's  Board of
Directors  with  as  much  flexibility  as  possible  to  effect,   among  other
transactions,  financings,  acquisitions,  stock dividends, stock splits and the
exercise of stock options.  However, these additional authorized shares may also
be used by the Board of Directors  consistent  with its fiduciary  duty to deter
future attempts to gain control of the Company.  The Board of Directors also has
sole  authority  to  determine  the terms of any one or more series of Preferred
Stock, including voting rights,  conversion rates, and liquidation  preferences.
As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of Preferred Stock,
the Board has the power,  to the extent  consistent  with its fiduciary duty, to
issue a series of Preferred Stock to persons  friendly to management in order to
attempt to block a  post-tender  offer  merger or other  transaction  by which a
third party seeks control, and thereby assist management to retain its position.
The  Company's  Board  currently  has no plans for the  issuance  of  additional
shares,  other than the possible issuance of additional shares pursuant to stock
benefit plans.

     Procedures for Certain Business Combinations. The articles of incorporation
require the affirmative  vote of at least (i) 80% of the  outstanding  shares of
the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors and (ii) two-thirds of
the  outstanding  shares  entitled to vote in the election of directors  and not
held by "Related Persons" (as defined below), in order for the Company to engage
in or enter into certain "Business  Combinations," as defined in the articles of
incorporation,  with any Related Person or any affiliates of the Related Person,
unless the proposed  transaction  has been  approved in advance by two-thirds of
the Company's  Board of Directors,  excluding  those who are affiliated with the
Related Person or who were not directors prior to the time the "Related  Person"
became the  "Related  Person."  Absent this  provision,  only the  approval of a
two-thirds  of the shares  outstanding  would be generally  required  unless the
Maryland Business Combination Statute described below applies.

     The term  "Related  Person"  is  defined  to  include  any  person  and the
affiliates  and  associates  of  the  person  (other  than  the  Company  or its
subsidiary) who beneficially  owns,  directly or indirectly,  10% or more of the
outstanding  shares  of  voting  stock of the  Company.  Any  amendment  to this
provision of the articles of  incorporation  requires the affirmative vote of at
least 80% of the shares of the Company entitled to vote generally in an election
of directors  unless the  amendment has been  pre-approved  by two-thirds of the
continuing  directors,  in which case a majority  of the  outstanding  shares is
required.  The term "Business  Combination" includes mergers between the Company
and a Related  Person,  transactions  between the Company and the Related Person
involving 25% or more of the Company's or Related Person's assets,  the issuance
of the securities of the Company or its subsidiaries to the Related Person,  the
acquisition   of  the  Related   Person's   securities   by  the  Company  or  a
reclassification or recapitalization  involving the Company's stock that has the
effect of increasing the Related Person's ownership by 5% or more.

     Amendment  to  Articles of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws.  Amendments  to the
Company's  articles of incorporation  must be approved by the Company's Board of
Directors  and also by two- thirds of the  outstanding  shares of the  Company's
voting  stock,  provided,  however,  that  approval  by  at  least  80%  of  the
outstanding voting stock is generally required for certain provisions (i.e.,

                                     - 86 -



provisions  relating to  restrictions  on the  acquisition and voting of greater
than 10% of the common stock;  number,  classification,  election and removal of
directors;  amendment of Bylaws; call of special stockholder meetings;  director
liability;  certain  business  combinations;   power  of  indemnification;   and
amendments  to  provisions   relating  to  the  foregoing  in  the  articles  of
incorporation).  If the amendment is approved by  two-thirds  of the  Continuing
Directors,  however,  the vote required for approval of the amendment is reduced
to a majority of shares outstanding.

     The bylaws may be amended by a majority  vote of the Board of  Directors or
the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of
the Company  entitled to vote in the  election  of  directors  cast at a meeting
called for that purpose.

Maryland General Corporation Law

     The Maryland General Corporation Law contains several provisions  described
below which will be applicable to the Company upon completion of the conversion.

     Business Combinations. Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, mergers,
consolidations  and  sales of  substantially  all of the  assets  of a  Maryland
corporation must generally be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of
two-thirds  of the  outstanding  shares  of  stock  entitled  to  vote  thereon.
Maryland's Business Combination Statute, however, restricts certain transactions
between a Maryland  corporation  (or its majority owned  subsidiaries),  and any
person who, after the date the corporation has 100 or more beneficial  owners of
its stock, beneficially owns 10% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting
stock,   together  with   affiliates  or  associates   thereof  (an  "Interested
Stockholder").  For a period of five years following the date that a stockholder
becomes an  Interested  Stockholder,  Maryland's  Business  Combination  Statute
generally prohibits the following types of transactions  between the corporation
and the Interested Stockholder (unless certain conditions,  described below, are
met):

     (i) mergers, consolidations or share exchanges;

     (ii)  sales,  leases,  exchanges  or other  dispositions  other than in the
     ordinary course of business or pursuant to a dividend,  in any twelve-month
     period,  of assets  having an  aggregate  book  value of 10% or more of the
     total market value of the  outstanding  stock of the  corporation or of its
     net worth;

     (iii) issuances or transfers by the  corporation or any subsidiary  thereof
     of any equity  securities  of the  corporation  or any  subsidiary  thereof
     having  a  market  value  of 5% or more of the  total  market  value of the
     outstanding stock of the corporation;

     (iv) the adoption of a proposal or plan of  liquidation  or  dissolution of
     the  corporation  in which anything other than cash will be received by the
     Interested Stockholder or any affiliate of any Interested Stockholder;

     (v)  any  reclassification  of  securities,   or  recapitalization  of  the
     corporation,  or  any  merger,  consolidation,  or  share  exchange  of the
     corporation with any of its subsidiaries

                                     - 87 -


     which has the  effect of  increasing  by 5% or more of the total  number of
     shares, the proportionate  amount of the outstanding shares of any class of
     equity  securities of the  corporation or any  subsidiary  thereof which is
     owned by an Interested Stockholder; and

     (vi) the receipt by any Interested  Stockholder or any affiliate thereof of
     the  benefit,   directly  or  indirectly   (except   proportionately  as  a
     stockholder),  of any loan, advance, guarantee,  pledge, or other financial
     assistance  or any tax  credit  or  other  tax  advantage  provided  by the
     corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

     After the five-year  moratorium  on business  combinations  has expired,  a
business  combination  must (i) be  recommended  by the Board of  Directors  and
approved by (a) 80% of the stockholders  entitled to vote, and (b) two-thirds of
the disinterested stockholders,  or (ii) meet the fair price requirements of the
business  combination  statute,  or  (iii)  qualify  for  one of  the  statutory
exemptions.  This  restriction  does not apply if before such person  becomes an
Interested Stockholder, the Board of Directors approves the transaction in which
the  Interested  Stockholder  becomes an Interested  Stockholder or approves the
business  combination,  or a statutory exemption applies. A Maryland corporation
may exempt  particular  interested  stockholders  from the  requirements  of the
statute by  resolution  adopted by its Board of Directors  prior to the date the
Interested Stockholder first became an Interested  Stockholder.  Our articles of
incorporation  provide that the Business  Combination  Statute will not apply to
any business  combination that has been approved by two-thirds of the continuing
directors as defined in the articles of incorporation.

     Control Share  Acquisitions.  The Maryland General Corporation Law provides
that "control  shares" of a Maryland  corporation  acquired in a "control  share
acquisition"  have no voting rights  except to the extent  approved by a vote of
two-thirds of the shares entitled to be voted on the matter, excluding shares of
stock owned by the acquiror or by officers or directors who are employees of the
corporation.  "Control  shares" are voting shares of stock which,  if aggregated
with all other such shares of stock previously  acquired by the acquiror,  or in
respect of which the  acquiror  is able to  exercise  or direct the  exercise of
voting power except  solely by virtue of a revocable  proxy,  would  entitle the
acquiror  to  exercise  voting  power in  electing  directors  within one of the
following ranges of voting power:

     (i)  one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

     (ii) one-third or more but less than a majority; or

     (iii) a majority of all voting power.

     Control shares do not include shares the acquiring  person is then entitled
to vote as a result  of  having  previously  obtained  stockholder  approval.  A
"control share acquisition" means the acquisition of control shares,  subject to
certain  exceptions for shares  acquired  through  descent or  distribution,  in
satisfaction  of a pledge or in a merger,  consolidation  or share  exchange  to
which the corporation is a party. The control share acquisition  statute applies
to any  Maryland  corporation  with 100 or more  beneficial  owners of its stock
other than a close corporation or an investment company.

                                     - 88 -



     A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon
satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses and
delivery of an "acquiring person statement"), may compel the corporation's Board
of Directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days
of demand to  consider  the voting  rights of the  shares.  If no request  for a
meeting  is made,  the  corporation  may  itself  present  the  question  at any
stockholders' meeting.

     If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person
does not  deliver an  acquiring  person  statement  within 10 days  following  a
control share acquisition then,  subject to certain  conditions and limitations,
the  corporation  may redeem any or all of the control  shares (except for those
which voting rights have  previously  been approved) for fair value,  determined
without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the
date of the last control share  acquisition or of any meeting of stockholders at
which  the  voting  rights  of such  shares  are  considered  and not  approved.
Moreover,  if voting rights for control  shares are approved at a  stockholders'
meeting and the acquiror  becomes entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of
a  majority  or  more of all  voting  power,  other  stockholders  may  exercise
appraisal  rights.  The fair value of the shares as  determined  for purposes of
such  appraisal  rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by
the acquiror in the control share acquisition.  The foregoing  provisions may be
modified by a Maryland  corporation's  charter or bylaws.  The Company's charter
and  bylaws,  however,  do not  contain a provision  modifying  these  statutory
provisions.

Benefit Plans

     In addition to the  provisions of the Company's  articles of  incorporation
and bylaws described above,  certain benefit plans of ours adopted in connection
with  the  conversion  contain  provisions  which  also may  discourage  hostile
takeover  attempts  which the Boards of Directors  might conclude are not in the
best  interests for us or our  stockholders.  For a  description  of the benefit
plans and the  provisions  of such plans  relating  to changes in  control,  see
"Management of Community First Bank -- Future Stock Benefit Plans."

Regulatory Restrictions

     For three years following conversion,  OTS regulations prohibit any person,
without the prior  approval  of the OTS,  from  acquiring  or making an offer to
acquire more than 10% of the stock of any converted savings  institution if such
person is, or after  consummation of such  acquisition  would be, the beneficial
owner of more than 10% of such stock. In the event that any person,  directly or
indirectly,  violates this regulation, the securities beneficially owned by such
person in excess of 10% shall  not be  counted  as shares  entitled  to vote and
shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection  with
any matter submitted to a vote of stockholders.  The OTS has recently  indicated
that it intends to strictly enforce this regulation.

     Federal law provides that no company,  "directly or indirectly or acting in
concert  with one or more  persons,  or  through  one or more  subsidiaries,  or
through  one  or  more   transactions,"  may  acquire  "control"  of  a  savings
association at any time without the prior approval of the OTS. In addition,  any
company that acquires such control becomes a "savings and loan holding company"

                                     - 89 -



subject  to  registration,  examination  and  regulation  as a savings  and loan
holding  company.  Control in this context means  ownership  of,  control of, or
holding  proxies  representing  more than 25% of the voting  shares of a savings
association  or the power to control in any manner the election of a majority of
the directors of such institution.

     Federal law also provides that no "person,"  acting  directly or indirectly
or through or in concert with one or more other persons,  may acquire control of
a savings  association  unless at least 60 days  prior  written  notice has been
given  to the OTS and the OTS  has not  objected  to the  proposed  acquisition.
Control is defined for this  purpose as the power,  directly or  indirectly,  to
direct the management or policies of a savings  association or to vote more than
25% of any class of voting  securities of a savings  association.  Under federal
law  (as  well  as  the  regulations   referred  to  below)  the  term  "savings
association"  includes  state-chartered  and federally  chartered  SAIF- insured
institutions,  federally  chartered  savings and loans and  savings  banks whose
accounts are insured by the FDIC and holding companies thereof.

     Federal  regulations require that, prior to obtaining control of an insured
institution, a person, other than a company, must give 60 days notice to the OTS
and have received no OTS objection to such acquisition of control, and a company
must apply for and receive OTS approval of the  acquisition.  Control involves a
25% voting  stock test,  control in any manner of the  election of a majority of
the institution's directors, or a determination by the OTS that the acquiror has
the power to direct,  or  directly  or  indirectly  to  exercise  a  controlling
influence  over, the management or policies of the  institution.  Acquisition of
more than 10% of an institution's  voting stock, if the acquiror also is subject
to any one of either "control factors,"  constitutes a rebuttable  determination
of control under the regulations.  The  determination of control may be rebutted
by submission to the OTS, prior to the acquisition of stock or the occurrence of
any  other  circumstances  giving  rise to such  determination,  of a  statement
setting  forth facts and  circumstances  which would  support a finding  that no
control  relationship  will  exist  and  containing  certain  undertakings.  The
regulations provide that persons or companies which acquire beneficial ownership
exceeding  10% or more of any class of a savings  association's  stock after the
effective date of the regulations  must file with the OTS a  certification  that
the holder is not in control of such institution, is not subject to a rebuttable
determination  of  control  and will  take no  action  which  would  result in a
determination or rebuttable  determination of control without prior notice to or
approval of the OTS, as applicable.

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of common stock,  $0.01
par value per share, and 1,000,000  shares of preferred  stock,  $0.01 par value
per share. The Company currently expects to issue up to 277,725 shares of common
stock in the  conversion.  The  Company  does not  intend to issue any shares of
preferred stock in the conversion, nor are there any present plans to issue such
preferred stock  following the conversion.  Each share of common stock will have
the same relative  rights as, and will be identical in all respects  with,  each
other share of common  stock.  The common  stock of the Company  will  represent
nonwithdrawable  capital  and will not be insured by us, the FDIC,  or any other
government agency.


                                     - 90 -



Common Stock

     Voting  Rights.  Each share of the common stock will have the same relative
rights and will be  identical  in all  respects  with every  other  share of the
common  stock.  The holders of the common  stock will possess  exclusive  voting
rights in the  Company,  except to the extent  that  shares of  Preferred  Stock
issued in the future may have voting  rights,  if any. Each holder of the common
stock  will be  entitled  to only one vote for each  share held of record on all
matters  submitted  to a vote of  holders  of the  common  stock and will not be
permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of the Company's directors.

     Liquidation.   In  the  unlikely  event  of  the  complete  liquidation  or
dissolution of the Company,  the holders of the common stock will be entitled to
receive all assets of the Company available for distribution in cash or in kind,
after payment or provision for payment of: (i) all debts and  liabilities of the
Company (including all deposits with us and accrued interest thereon);  (ii) any
accrued dividend claims;  (iii)  liquidation  preferences of any preferred stock
which may be issued in the future;  and (iv) any  interests  in the  liquidation
account  established  upon the  conversion  for the benefit of Eligible  Account
Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders who continue to have their
deposits with us.

     Dividends.  From time to time,  dividends  may be declared  and paid to the
holders of the common stock,  who will share equally in any such dividends.  For
information about cash dividends, see "Dividends" and "Taxation."

     Restrictions  on  Acquisition  of the Common Stock.  See  "Restrictions  on
Acquisition  of the Company" for a discussion of the  limitations on acquisition
of shares of the common stock.

     Other Characteristics. Holders of the common stock will not have preemptive
rights with  respect to any  additional  shares of the common stock which may be
issued.  Therefore,  the Board of Directors  may sell shares of capital stock of
the Company  without first offering such shares to existing  stockholders of the
Company.  The  common  stock  is not  subject  to call for  redemption,  and the
outstanding  shares of common  stock when issued and upon receipt by the Company
of the full purchase price therefor will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Serial Preferred Stock

     None of the 1,000,000  authorized  shares of preferred stock of the Company
will be issued in the conversion.  After the conversion is completed,  the Board
of Directors of the Company will be authorized to issue serial  preferred  stock
and to fix and state voting powers,  designations,  preferences or other special
rights of such  shares  and the  qualifications,  limitations  and  restrictions
thereof, subject to regulatory approval but without stockholder approval. If and
when issued,  the serial  preferred  stock is likely to rank prior to the common
stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preferences, or both, and may have full
or limited voting rights. The Board of Directors,  without stockholder approval,
can issue serial  preferred stock with voting and conversion  rights which could
adversely  affect the voting power of the holders of the common stock. The Board
of  Directors  has no present  intention  to issue any of the  serial  preferred
stock.

                                     - 91 -



                              LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

     The  legality  of the common  stock has been  passed upon for us by Malizia
Spidi & Fisch, PC, Washington,  D.C. Certain legal matters for Keefe, Bruyette &
Woods,  Inc.,  may be  passed  upon by Vorys,  Sater,  Seymour  and  Pease  LLP,
Columbus,  Ohio. The federal income tax consequences of the conversion have been
passed upon for us by Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC,  Washington,  D.C. The Kentucky
income tax  consequences of the conversion have been passed upon for us by EKW &
Associates, llp, Owensboro, Kentucky.

                                     EXPERTS

     The financial  statements  of Community  First Bank as of December 31, 2002
and 2001 and for the  years  then  ended,  have  been  included  herein  and the
registration  statement  filed with the SEC in reliance upon the report of EKW &
Associates,  llp, independent certified public accountants,  appearing elsewhere
herein,  and upon the  authority  of said  firm as  experts  in  accounting  and
auditing. The Bank's financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2001
were previously  audited by York-Neel & Co. -  Madisonville,  LLP. On August 30,
2002,  York-  Neel  notified  the Bank  that it was  resigning  from  the  audit
engagement.  York-Neel's  report on the Bank's  financial  statements for fiscal
years 2001 and 2000 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion,
nor  were  they  qualified  or  modified  as to  uncertainty,  audit  scope,  or
accounting principles.  There were no disagreements with York-Neel on any matter
of  accounting  principles  or  practices,  financial  statement  disclosure  or
auditing scope or procedure. The decision to engage EKW & Associates, llp as the
Bank's new auditor was approved by the Board of Directors.

     Feldman  Financial has consented to the publication  herein of a summary of
its letters to us setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market
value of us in the  converted  form and its opinion  setting  forth the value of
subscription rights and to the use of its name and statements with respect to it
appearing in this document.

                    WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the SEC a  registration  statement  on Form SB-2
under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  with respect to the common stock
offered in this document.  As permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC,
this document does not contain all the information set forth in the registration
statement.  Such  information  can be  examined  without  charge  at the  public
reference facilities of the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549,  and  copies  of such  material  can be  obtained  from  the SEC at
prescribed  rates.  The SEC also maintains an internet address ("Web site") that
contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information
regarding registrants,  including the Company, that file electronically with the
SEC. The address for this Web site is "http:  //www.  sec.  gov." The statements
contained in this document as to the contents of any contract or other  document
filed as an exhibit to the Form SB-2  describe  the  material  features  of such
contract  or document  but are, of  necessity,  brief  descriptions  and are not
necessarily  complete;  each such  statement  is  qualified by reference to such
contract or document.

                                     - 92 -



     Community  First Bank has filed an Application  for Conversion with the OTS
with respect to the  conversion.  Pursuant to the rules and  regulations  of the
OTS, this document omits certain information contained in that Application.  The
Application  may be examined at the principal  office of the OTS, 1700 G Street,
N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20552 and at the Southeast  Regional Office of the OTS,
1475 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309 without charge.

     A copy of the articles of  incorporation  and the bylaws of the Company are
available without charge from Community First Bank.



                                     - 93 -



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK
                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                                          Page

Independent Auditors' Report                                               F-1

Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2002 and 2001         F-2

Statements of Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001          F-3

Statements of Changes in Retained Earnings and Accumulated Other
  Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001      F-4

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001    F-5

Notes to Financial Statements                                              F-6



All financial statement  schedules are omitted because the required  information
is either not  applicable or is included in the financial  statements or related
notes.

Separate  financial  statements  for the Company have not been included since it
will not  engage  in  material  transactions  until  after the  conversion.  The
Company,   which  has  been  inactive  to  date,  has  no  significant   assets,
liabilities, revenues, expenses or contingent liabilities.



                                     - 94 -



                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


The Board of Directors
Community First Bank
Madisonville, Kentucky


We have audited the accompanying  statements of financial condition of Community
First Bank as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related  statements of loss,
changes in retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive income and cash
flows  for  the  years  then  ended.   These   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Association's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted  our audits in accordance  with U.S.  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the  financial  position of Community  First Bank as of
December  31, 2002 and 2001 and the results of their  operations  and their cash
flows for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted
accounting principles.



/s/ EKW & Associates, llp
- ------------------------------------------
Owensboro, Kentucky
January 17, 2003, except for Note 1,
as to which the date is March 13, 2003 and
Note 13, as to which the date is
April 28, 2003


                                      F-1



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                        STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                           December 31, 2002 and 2001



                                     Assets
                                                              2002             2001
                                                          ------------     ------------
                                                                 

Cash and cash equivalents:
  Cash and due from banks                                 $    733,126    $     707,944
  Interest-bearing deposits in other banks                           -          896,590
  Time deposits                                                 25,000                -
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased
    under agreements to resell                                       -          702,403
                                                          ------------     ------------

         Total cash and cash equivalents                       758,126        2,306,937
                                                          ------------     ------------

Investment securities:
  Securities held-to-maturity                                1,901,750        3,070,058
  Securities available-for-sale                                      -          754,375
                                                          ------------     ------------

                                                             1,901,750        3,824,433

Loans receivable, net of unearned interest                  25,815,638       22,262,635

Allowance for loan losses                                     (105,868)        (105,000)

Accrued interest receivable                                    135,220          161,714

Premises and equipment, net                                    772,662          416,495

Foreclosed real estate                                               -           17,000

Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank, at cost                       634,100          605,700

Deferred tax assets                                                  -           10,000

Other assets                                                    56,197           30,513
                                                          ------------     ------------

         Total Assets                                     $ 29,967,825     $ 29,530,427
                                                          ============     ============

     Liabilities and Equity

Deposits                                                  $ 28,128,252     $ 26,611,224

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank                                 -        1,000,000

Accrued interest and other liabilities                          90,707           81,041
                                                          ------------     ------------

         Total liabilities                                  28,218,959       27,692,265
                                                          ------------     ------------

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 11 and 12)                      -                -
                                                          ------------     ------------

Association equity:
  Retained earnings - substantially restricted               1,748,866        1,832,787
  Unrealized gain on securities-
    available-for-sale                                               -            5,375
                                                          ------------     ------------

         Total equity                                        1,748,866        1,838,162
                                                          ------------     ------------

         Total liabilities and equity                     $ 29,967,825     $ 29,530,427
                                                          ============     ============




   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       F-2




                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                               STATEMENTS OF LOSS

                 for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001


                                                       2002          2001
                                                   ------------   -----------
Interest income:
  Interest and fees on loans                       $  1,730,628   $ 1,648,246
  Interest on investment securities                     169,222       286,687
  Federal Home Loan Bank dividends                       28,503        39,200
  Other interest income                                  12,523        44,161
                                                   ------------   -----------
         Total interest income                        1,940,876     2,018,294
                                                   ------------   -----------
Interest expense:
  Interest on deposits                                  948,879     1,210,355
  Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank
    advances                                             11,314        24,336
  Interest on other borrowings                              568             -
                                                   ------------   -----------

         Total interest expense                         960,761     1,234,691
                                                   ------------   -----------

         Net interest income                            980,115       783,603
Provision for loan losses                                18,200        93,787
                                                   ------------   -----------

         Net interest income after provision
           for loan losses                              961,915       689,816
                                                   ------------   -----------
Other income (expense):
  Service charges and fees                               63,543        96,725
  Loss on sale of fixed assets                           (4,030)            -
  Gain (loss) on sale of other real estate               (7,362)        9,778
  Foreclosed real estate expense, net                      (984)      (13,896)
  Insurance commissions and premiums                      4,674         9,916
  Other income                                           17,171        27,899
                                                   ------------   -----------
                                                         73,012       130,422
                                                   ------------   -----------
Other expenses:
  Compensation and benefits                             450,225        343,740
  Directors fees                                         43,200         41,300
  Occupancy expense                                     131,347         96,413
  Insurance premiums                                     22,193         20,455
  Data processing                                       161,329        168,048
  Advertising                                            65,753         55,352
  Office supplies and postage                            54,816         42,401
  Payroll and other taxes                                59,799         55,546
  Professional fees                                      32,181         43,143
  Other operating expenses                               88,005        111,870
                                                   ------------   ------------
                                                      1,108,848       978,268
                                                   ------------   -----------
Loss before federal income tax
  expense (benefit)                                     (73,921)     (158,030)
Federal income tax expense (benefit)                     10,000       (32,812)
                                                   ------------   -----------

         Net loss                                  $    (83,921)  $  (125,218)
                                                   ============   ===========


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       F-3


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN RETAINED EARNINGS AND
                     ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

                 for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001


                                                  Accumulated
                                                   Other Com-        Comprehen-
                                     Retained      prehensive       sive Income
                                     Earnings         Income           (Loss)
                                   -------------   -----------      ------------

Balance January 1, 2001            $  1,958,005     $     -          $       -

Comprehensive income (loss)
  Net loss                             (125,218)          -           (125,218)

  Other comprehensive income:
    Change in unrealized gain
     on securities available-
     for-sale                                 -       5,375              5,375
                                   ------------     -------          ---------

Total comprehensive loss                                             $(119,843)
                                                                     =========

Balance December 31, 2001             1,832,787       5,375
                                   ------------     -------

Comprehensive income:
  Net loss                              (83,921)          -          $ (83,921)

  Other comprehensive income:
    Change in unrealized gain
     on securities available-
     for-sale                                 -      (5,375)            (5,375)
                                   ------------     -------          ---------

Total comprehensive loss                                             $ (89,296)
                                                                     =========

Balance December 31, 2002          $  1,748,866     $     -
                                   ============     =======





   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       F-4



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                 for the years ending December 31, 2002 and 2001




                                                                     2002          2001
                                                                 ------------   ------------
                                                                       

Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss                                                       $    (83,921)  $   (125,218)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
       cash provided by operating activities:
    Provision for loan losses                                          18,200         93,787
    Depreciation, amortization and accretion                           49,182         36,805
    Loss on sale of equipment                                           4,030              -
    (Gain) loss on sale of other real estate owned                      3,762         (9,778)
    Deferred income taxes expense (benefit)                            10,000        (32,812)
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends                            (28,400)       (39,000)
    (Increase) decrease in:
      Accrued interest receivable                                      26,494         27,645
      Prepaid expenses and other assets                               (25,684)         9,085
    Increase (decrease) in:
      Accrued expenses and other liabilities                            9,666        (41,333)
                                                                 ------------   ------------

              Net cash used by operating activities                   (16,671)       (80,819)
                                                                 ------------   ------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Net increase in loans                                            (3,562,435)     (3,305,257)
  Purchase of held-to-maturity securities                            (500,000)      (850,280)
  Purchases of available-for-sale securities                                -       (749,000)
  Proceeds from maturities/calls of held-
    to maturity securities                                          1,669,564      3,103,385
  Proceeds from maturity/call of available-
    for sale securities                                               749,000              -
  Purchase of premises and equipment                                 (410,635)       (24,737)
  Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate                          5,338        147,700
                                                                 ------------   ------------

              Net cash used by investing activities                (2,049,168)    (1,678,189)
                                                                 ------------   ------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net increase in deposits                                          1,517,028      1,189,682
  Principal payments on debt                                       (3,000,000)    (1,162,265)
  Proceeds from short-term borrowings                               2,000,000      2,000,000
                                                                 ------------   ------------

              Net cash provided by financing activities               517,028      2,027,417
                                                                 ------------   ------------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents               (1,548,811)       268,409
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                        2,306,937      2,038,528
                                                                 ------------   ------------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                           $    758,126   $  2,306,937
                                                                 ============   ============
Supplemental disclosures:

Cash paid for:
  Interest                                                       $    986,936   $  1,285,561
                                                                 ============   ============
Noncash investing activities:
  Loans transferred to foreclosed real estate                    $      7,400   $    154,922
                                                                 ============   ============

Loans to facilitate sale of foreclosed real estate               $     15,300   $          -
                                                                 ============   ============
  Total increase (decrease) in unrealized gain
    on securities available-for-sale                             $     (5,375)  $      5,375
                                                                 ============   ============


    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                                       F-5



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.   Plan of Conversion

     On March  13,  2003,  the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank,  subject  to
     regulatory approval,  adopted a proposed Plan of Conversion (the "Plan") to
     convert  from a  federally  chartered  mutual  savings  bank to a federally
     chartered  stock  savings  bank.  The  Bank  will  become  a  wholly  owned
     subsidiary of a concurrently formed holding company. The Plan provides that
     the  holding  company  will offer  nontransferable  subscription  rights to
     purchase  common stock of the holding  company.  The rights will be offered
     first to eligible account holders, the tax-qualified employee stock benefit
     plans,  supplemental eligible account holders and other members. Any shares
     remaining may then be offered to the general public.

     The Plan provides for the establishment, upon completion of the conversion,
     of a special  "liquidation  account"  in an amount  equal to the Bank's net
     worth as of the date of  conversion.  This  account  is for the  benefit of
     eligible account holders and  supplemental  eligible account holders in the
     event of liquidation  of the Bank. The interest as to each deposit  account
     will be in the same  proportion  of the total  liquidation  account  as the
     balance of the deposit account on the qualifying dates was to the aggregate
     balance of all deposit account of eligible account holders and supplemental
     account holders on the qualifying  dates.  The liquidation  account will be
     reduced in a  proportionate  amount if the amount in any deposit account on
     any annual  closing date is less than it was on the  respective  qualifying
     dates. The liquidation  account will not be increased  despite any increase
     in a deposit account after the respective qualifying dates.

     The  regulations  of the OTS prohibit  the Bank from  declaring or paying a
     cash  dividend  if the effect  thereof  would  cause the Bank's  regulatory
     capital to be reduced below either the amount  required for the liquidation
     account or the federal regulatory capital requirements.

     Costs associated with the conversion will be deferred and deducted from the
     proceeds of the stock  offering.  If, for any reason,  the  offering is not
     successful,  the  deferred  costs  will be  charged  to  operations.  As of
     December 31, 2002,  there were no costs associated with the conversion that
     have been incurred.

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     (a)  Nature of Operations

          Community  First Bank  (Association)  provides a variety of  financial
          services to  individuals  and corporate  customers in Hopkins  County,
          Kentucky.    The   Association's    primary   deposit   products   are
          interest-bearing  checking  accounts and certificates of deposit.  Its
          primary lending  products are  single-family  residential  loans.  The
          Association  receives  insurance  commissions  for sales of  insurance
          products in connection with its loan origination activities.

     (b)  Use of Estimates

          The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
          accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
          and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and
          liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
          date of the financial  statements and the reported amounts of revenues
          and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ
          from those estimates.

                                    Continued


                                       F-6


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

     (b)  Use of Estimates, continued

          Material  estimates that are  particularly  susceptible to significant
          change  relate to the  determination  of the  allowance  for losses on
          loans and the  valuation of real estate  acquired in  connection  with
          foreclosures  or in  satisfaction  of loans.  In  connection  with the
          determination  of the  allowances  for losses on loans and  foreclosed
          real estate, management obtains independent appraisals for significant
          properties.

          While  management  uses available  information to recognize  losses on
          loans and foreclosed real estate,  future  additions to the allowances
          may be necessary  based on changes in local  economic  conditions.  In
          addition,   regulatory   agencies,   as  an  integral  part  of  their
          examination process,  periodically review the Association's allowances
          for losses on loans and  foreclosed  real  estate.  Such  agencies may
          require the Association to recognize additions to the allowances based
          on their judgments about information  available to them at the time of
          their examination. Because of these factors, it is reasonably possible
          that the allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate may
          change materially in the near term. However,  the amount of the change
          that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated.

     (c)  Cash and Cash Equivalents

          For purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents
          consist of cash on hand,  amounts  due from  depository  institutions,
          time deposits in other banks,  and securities  purchased  under resale
          agreements,  all of which mature  within  ninety days. At December 31,
          2002 an  overdraft  of  interest  bearing  deposits  in other banks of
          $21,644 is included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities.

     (d)  Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements

          The Association  enters into purchases of securities  under agreements
          to resell the identical securities on the next business day (overnight
          repurchase  agreements).  The amounts  advanced under these agreements
          are  reported  as cash  equivalents  on the  balance  sheet.  Although
          collateralization   is  not  required   under  the   agreements,   the
          Association  mitigates its market risk by requiring that the purchased
          securities  be issued by the  United  States  Government  or an agency
          thereof. Credit risk is mitigated by entering into the agreements only
          with credit worthy, quality financial institutions.

     (e)  Investment Securities

          Securities  Held-to-Maturity
          ----------------------------
          Debt  securities  that  management  has  the  ability  and  intent  to
          hold-to-maturity  are  classified as  held-to-maturity  and carried at
          cost,  adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discounts
          using  methods  approximating  the interest  method over the period to
          maturity. Mortgage-backed securities represent participating interests
          in pools of long-term first mortgage loans  originated and serviced by
          issuers of the securities.  Mortgage-backed  securities are carried at
          unpaid principal

                                    Continued

                                       F-7


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

     (e)  Investment Securities, continued

          Securities   Held-to-Maturity,   continued
          ------------------------------------------
          balances,  adjusted for unamortized  premiums and unearned  discounts.
          Premiums and discounts are  amortized  using the interest  method over
          the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for anticipated
          prepayments.

          Securities Available-for-Sale
          ------------------------------
          Available-for-sale  securities consist of securities not classified as
          trading securities or held-to-maturity securities.  Unrealized holding
          gains and losses,  net of tax, on  securities  available-for-sale  are
          recognized  as  increases  or  decreases  in  retained   earnings  (as
          comprehensive income) until realized.  Gains and losses on the sale of
          available  for sale  securities  are  determined  using  the  specific
          identification  method.  The amortization of premiums and accretion of
          discounts are recognized in interest  income using the interest method
          over the period of maturity.

          Declines  in  the  fair  value  of  individual   held-to-maturity  and
          available-for-sale  securities  below  their  cost that are other than
          temporary result in write-downs of the individual  securities to their
          fair value. The related write-downs,  if any, are included in earnings
          as realized losses.

     (f)  Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

          Loans are stated at unpaid principal balances,  less the allowance for
          loan losses,  net  deferred  loan fees and  unearned  discounts.  Loan
          origination and commitment fees, as well as certain direct origination
          costs, are deferred and amortized as a yield adjustment over the lives
          of the related loans using the interest method.

          The  recognition  of income on a loan is  discontinued  and previously
          accrued  interest is reversed,  when  interest or  principal  payments
          become ninety (90) days past due unless, in the opinion of management,
          the  outstanding  interest  remains  collectible.  Past due  status is
          determined  based  on  contractual  terms.  Interest  is  subsequently
          recognized  only as  received  until the loan is  returned  to accrual
          status.  A loan is restored to accrual  status when all  interest  and
          principal  payments are current and the borrower has  demonstrated  to
          management  the ability to make  payments of principal and interest as
          scheduled.  The  Association's  practice  is to charge off any loan or
          portion  of a loan when the loan is  determined  by  management  to be
          uncollectible  due to the borrower's  failure to meet repayment terms,
          the borrower's  deteriorating or deteriorated financial condition, the
          depreciation of the underlying  collateral,  the loan's classification
          as a loss by regulatory examiners, or for other reasons.



                                    Continued

                                       F-8



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

     (f)  Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses, continued
          The  allowance  for loan  losses is  evaluated  on a regular  basis by
          management  and is based  upon  management's  periodic  review  of the
          collectibility  of the loans in light of  historical  experience,  the
          nature and volume of the loan portfolio,  adverse  situations that may
          affect  the  borrower's  ability  to  repay,  estimated  value  of any
          underlying  collateral and trends in loan charge offs. This evaluation
          is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible
          to significant revision as more information becomes available.

          A loan is considered  impaired when, based on current  information and
          events,  it is probable that the Association will be unable to collect
          the scheduled  payments of principal or interest when due according to
          the  contractual  terms of the loan agreement.  Factors  considered by
          management  in  determining   impairment   include   payment   status,
          collateral   value,  and  the  probability  of  collecting   scheduled
          principal  and  interest  payments  when due.  Loans  that  experience
          insignificant  payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not
          classified as impaired.  Management  determines  the  significance  of
          payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case  basis, taking
          into  consideration all of the circumstances  surrounding the loan and
          the borrower,  including the length of the delay,  the reasons for the
          delay,  the  borrower's  prior payment  record,  and the amount of the
          shortfall in relation to the principal and interest  owed.  Impairment
          is measured on a loan by loan basis for  commercial  and  construction
          loans by either  the  present  value of  expected  future  cash  flows
          discounted  at  the  loan's   effective   interest  rate,  the  loan's
          obtainable  market price,  or the fair value of the  collateral if the
          loan is collateral dependent.

          Large groups of smaller  balance  homogeneous  loans are  collectively
          evaluated  for  impairment.  Accordingly,  the  Association  does  not
          separately  identify  individual  consumer and  residential  loans for
          impairment disclosures.

     (g)  Premises and Equipment

          Land is carried at cost. Buildings,  furniture, fixtures and equipment
          are stated at cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation.  Maintenance and
          repairs  are   expensed  as  incurred   while  major   additions   and
          improvements  are  capitalized.   Buildings,   building  improvements,
          furniture,  fixtures and equipment are depreciated primarily using the
          straight-line  method over the  estimated  useful lives of the related
          assets as follows:

                                             Estimated Useful Lives
                                             ----------------------

          Buildings                                39-50 Years
          Building improvements                     7-40 Years
          Furniture and equipment                   3-15 Years





                                    Continued

                                       F-9




                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

     (h)  Foreclosed Real Estate

          Foreclosed real estate includes both formally  foreclosed property and
          in-substance  foreclosed property.  In-substance foreclosed properties
          are those  properties  for which the  institution  has taken  physical
          possession,  regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings have
          taken place.

          At the time of foreclosure,  foreclosed real estate is recorded at the
          lower of the  carrying  amount or fair value less cost to sell,  which
          becomes the property's new basis. Any write-downs based on the asset's
          fair value at date of  acquisition  are charged to the  allowance  for
          loan losses.  After foreclosure,  property held for sale is carried at
          the  lower of the new  cost  basis or fair  value  less  cost to sell.
          Impairment  losses on property to be held and used are measured as the
          amount by which the  carrying  amount of a property  exceeds  its fair
          value.  Costs  incurred  in  maintaining  foreclosed  real  estate and
          subsequent  adjustments  to the  carrying  amount of the  property are
          included in income (loss) on foreclosed real estate.

      (i) Income Taxes

          Income  taxes are  provided  for the tax  effects of the  transactions
          reported in the financial  statements  and consist of taxes  currently
          due plus deferred  taxes related  primarily to net operating and other
          tax   carryforwards   and  to   differences   between   the  basis  of
          available-for-sale securities,  allowance for loan losses, accumulated
          depreciation, and Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends for financial
          and income tax  reporting.  The  deferred  tax assets and  liabilities
          represent  the future tax return  consequences  of those  differences,
          which  will  either be  taxable  or  deductible  when the  assets  and
          liabilities  are  recovered  or  settled.   Deferred  tax  assets  and
          liabilities are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period
          in which the  deferred  tax assets or  liabilities  are expected to be
          realized  or  settled.  As changes  in tax laws or rates are  enacted,
          deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision
          for income taxes.  Valuation allowances are established when necessary
          to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

      (j) Advertising

          Advertising  costs are  expensed  as  incurred  and were  $65,753  and
          $55,352 for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

3.   Investment Securities

     Investment  securities  have  been  classified  according  to  management's
     intent.  The amortized cost of securities and their approximate fair values
     held as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:



                                    Continued

                                      F-10



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.     Investment Securities, Continued

           Securities Held-to-
           Maturity:
           --------



                                                                     2002
                                            ------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Gross         Gross
                                            Amortized      Unrealized    Unrealized       Fair
                                               Cost          Gains         Losses        Value
                                            ----------   ------------    ------------  -----------
                                                                         

           U.S. Government and
            federal agencies                $1,700,255       $79,776       $   -        $1,780,031
           Mortgage-backed
              securities:
             GNMA                              133,660        11,914           -           145,574
             FNMA                               12,514           537           -            13,051
             FHLMC                              55,321         2,982           -            58,303
                                            ----------       -------       -----        ----------

                                            $1,901,750       $95,209       $   -        $1,996,959
                                            ==========       =======       =====        ==========

           Securities Held-to-
           Maturity:
           --------
                                                                    2001
                                            ------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Gross           Gross
                                            Amortized    Unrealized      Unrealized         Fair
                                              Cost          Gains          Losses           Value
                                            ----------   ------------    ----------    -----------
           U.S. Government and
            federal agencies                $2,400,000       $69,938       $   -        $2,469,938
           Mortgage-backed
              securities:
             GNMA                              227,492        10,711           -           238,203
             FNMA                              370,903         1,376           -           372,279
             FHLMC                              71,663         1,702           -            73,365
                                            ----------       -------       -----        ----------

                                            $3,070,058       $83,727       $   -        $3,153,785
                                            ==========       =======       =====        ==========

           Securities Available-for-Sale:

           U.S. Government and
            federal agencies                $  749,000       $ 5,375       $   -        $  754,375
                                            ==========       =======       =====        ==========




     The amortized cost and fair value of debt  securities,  including  mortgage
     backed  securities at December 31, 2002, by contractual  maturity are shown
     below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual  maturities because
     borrowers may have the right to call or prepay  obligations with or without
     call or prepayment penalties.

                                                  Amortized
                                                     Cost       Fair Value
                                                ------------   ------------
         Amounts maturing in:
           One year or less                      $   400,255     $  407,440
           After one year through five years       1,300,000      1,372,591
           After five years through
             ten years                                     -              -
           After ten years                                 -              -
                                                 -----------    -----------

                                                   1,700,255      1,780,031
           Mortgage-backed securities                201,495        216,928
                                                 -----------    -----------

                                                 $ 1,901,750    $ 1,996,959
                                                 ===========    ===========



                                    Continued

                                      F-11



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4.   Loans Receivable

     Loans at December 31, are summarized as follows:

                                                          2002         2001
                                                      ------------  -----------
       Real estate mortgage loans:
         One-to four-family residential first          $22,353,189  $19,604,158
         One-to four-family residential second             582,108      626,494
         Multi-family                                      450,000      103,802
         Commercial                                        798,107      466,661
         Construction                                      206,400       67,000
       Other loans:
         Consumer installment                              283,174      326,100
         Commercial                                        101,777        7,606
         Automobile                                        739,686      556,142
         Passbook                                          238,158      270,249
         Other                                             208,955      255,670
                                                      ------------  -----------

                                                        25,961,554   22,283,882
       Less:
         Unearned interest                                    (456)      (2,147)
         Allowance for loan losses                        (105,868)    (105,000)
         Loans in process                                 (145,460)     (19,100)
                                                      ------------  -----------

                 Total                                 $25,709,770  $22,157,635
                                                      ============  ===========



          Activity in the allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows for
          the years ended December 31:



                                                               Real
          2002                                                Estate   Consumer      Total
          ----                                               --------  --------    ---------
                                                                       

           Balance, beginning of year                        $ 70,000  $ 35,000    $105,000
           Provision for loan losses                            1,100    17,100      18,200
           Loans charged-off                                   (3,643)  (21,293)    (24,936)
           Recoveries of loans previously charged-off               -     7,604       7,604
                                                             --------  --------    --------

           Balance, end of year                              $ 67,457  $ 38,411    $105,868
                                                             ========  ========    ========

                                                               Real
          2001                                                Estate   Consumer      Total
          ----                                               --------  --------    -------

           Balance, beginning of year                        $ 50,000  $ 10,000    $ 60,000
           Provision for loan losses                           41,992    51,795      93,787
           Loans charged-off                                  (28,148)  (26,795)    (54,943)
           Recoveries of loans previously charged-off           6,156         -       6,156
                                                             --------  --------    --------

           Balance, end of year                              $ 70,000  $ 35,000    $105,000
                                                             ========  ========    ========


          In the ordinary course of business, the Association has and expects to
          continue  to  have  transactions,   including  borrowings,   with  its
          employees, officers, and directors. In the opinion of management, such
          transactions were on substantially the same terms,  including interest
          rates and  collateral,  as those  prevailing at the time of comparable
          transactions with other persons and did not involve more than a normal
          risk of collectibility  or present any other  unfavorable  features to
          the  Association.  Loans to such  borrowers,  at December 31, 2002 and
          2001, are summarized as follows:

                                                    2002             2001
                                                 ----------       ----------

              Balance, beginning of year         $  172,241       $  191,081
              Loan proceeds                         359,884          133,720
              Payments                              (79,029)        (152,560)
                                                 ----------       ----------

              Balance, end of year               $  453,096       $  172,241
                                                 ==========       ==========


                                    Continued

                                      F-12



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


4.   Loans Receivable, Continued

     At December 31, 2002 and 2001,  the total  recorded  investment in loans on
     nonaccrual amounted to approximately $53,000 and $ -0-,  respectively,  and
     the total  recorded  investment  in loans past due ninety  days or more and
     still  accruing  interest  amounted to  approximately  $33,000 and $47,000,
     respectively. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, there were no loans which were
     specifically  classed as impaired loans. The Association has no commitments
     to loan additional funds to the borrowers whose loans have been modified or
     classified.

5.   Premises and Equipment

     Premises and equipment at December 31 are summarized as follows:

                                                    2002           2001
                                                 ----------     ----------

         Land                                    $   73,649     $   73,649
         Buildings and improvements                 735,348        513,581
         Furniture, fixtures and equipment          360,823        233,713
                                                 ----------     ----------

                                                   1,169,820       820,943
         Less accumulated depreciation              (397,158)     (404,448)
                                                  ----------    ----------

                                                  $  772,662    $  416,495
                                                  ==========    ==========

     Depreciation  expense  for the years ended  December  31, 2002 and 2001 was
     $50,438 and $36,805, respectively

6.   Deposits

     Deposits at December 31, are summarized as follows:

                                                2002                2001
                                      ------------------    -------------------
                                         Amount      %         Amount        %
                                      ------------  ----    ------------   ----

      Non-interest bearing demand     $  1,430,336     5    $  1,014,780      4
      NOW accounts                       1,107,109     4         932,846      4
      Money Market accounts              2,072,339     8       1,742,351      6
      Passbook savings                   3,168,832    11       3,011,000     11
      Certificates of deposits          20,349,636    72      19,910,247     75
                                      ------------  ----    ------------   ----

                                      $ 28,128,252   100    $ 26,611,224    100
                                      ============  ====    ============   ====


     Deposit accounts in excess of $100,000 are not federally insured.

     The amount of deposit accounts with a minimum  denomination of $100,000 was
     $3,536,007 and $564,934 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

     At December 31, 2002, the scheduled  maturities of  certificates of deposit
     are as follows:

                      2003              $ 10,927,523
                      2004                 3,852,882
                      2005                 3,105,992
                      2006                   509,951
                      2007                 1,953,288
                                        ------------

                                        $ 20,349,636
                                        ============


                                    Continued

                                      F-13



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.   Deposits, Continued

     Interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001
     is summarized as follows:

                                                2002           2001
                                            ------------   ------------

        Certificates of deposit             $    901,739   $  1,106,214
        Money Market accounts                     24,573         34,442
        NOW accounts                               4,406         15,446
        Passbook savings                          20,610         61,110
                                            ------------   ------------

                                                 951,328      1,217,212
        Less: dividends retained for
          early withdrawal                         2,449          6,857
                                            ------------   ------------

                                            $    948,879   $  1,210,355
                                            ============   ============

     In the ordinary  course of business,  the Association has continued to have
     transactions,   including  deposits,  with  its  employees,   officers  and
     directors.  In  the  opinion  of  management,  such  transactions  were  on
     substantially  the same terms,  including  interest rates prevailing at the
     time,  of  comparable  transactions  with  other  persons.   Deposits  from
     employees, officers and directors totaled $611,864 and $433,147 on December
     31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

7.   Short-Term Debt

     Short-term  debt as of December 31, 2001,  consisted of a short-term  fixed
     rate advance  from  Federal  Home Loan Bank.  The advance had a 2.09% fixed
     interest  rate and was repaid in 2002.  Advances from the Federal Home Loan
     Bank are collateralized  with the Association's  mortgage portfolio to 150%
     of the balance of the note  (blanket  mortgage  collateral)  and is further
     collateralized by the Association's stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank.

8.   Pension Plan

     The Association is a participant in the Financial  Institutions  Retirement
     Fund, a qualified defined benefit,  noncontributory  multi-employer pension
     plan  covering all full-time  salaried  employees who are between 21 and 65
     years of age and have completed one year of continuous service. The benefit
     is the career  average  salary  multiplied  by two and one-half  percent (2
     1/2%) for each year of service.

     The Association's policy is to fund normal pension cost on a current basis.
     The funded  status of the plan is  calculated  by comparing  plan assets to
     plan liabilities.  Assets in excess of liabilities are recognized as Future
     Employer  Contribution Offsets (FECO).  Although the benefit obligation and
     fair value of plan assets are not  available as of December  31, 2002,  the
     Plan's actuary  determined  that at July 1, 2002, an unfunded  liability of
     $10,438 existed for prior service costs and that  contributions  of $22,281
     are required for the plan year ending June 30, 2003.  Pension expense under
     the plan was $26,672 and $12,252 for the years ended  December 31, 2002 and
     2001, respectively.



                                    Continued

                                      F-14



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9.   Federal Income Taxes

     The provision for federal income tax expense  (benefit) for the years ended
     December 31, 2002 and 2001 is summarized as follows:


                                      2002                2001
                                  -----------         -----------

        Current                   $         -         $         -
        Deferred                       10,000             (32,812)
                                  -----------         -----------

                                  $    10,000         $   (32,812)
                                  ===========         ===========

     The net  deferred  tax asset in the  accompanying  statement  of  financial
     condition includes the following components:

                                                   2002            2001
                                               ------------    ------------

        Deferred tax liabilities:
          FHLB stock dividends                 $   (67,000)    $   (63,000)
          Book/tax depreciation                    (14,000)         (2,000)
          Allowance for loan losses                   (800)           -
        Deferred tax assets:
          Tax carryforwards                         88,900          60,000
                                               -----------     -----------
          Allowance for loan losses                   -             15,000

        Net deferred tax asset                       7,100          10,000
        Valuation allowance                         (7,100)              -
                                               -----------     -----------

                                               $         -     $    10,000
                                               ===========     ===========

     Total income tax expense  (benefit)  differed from the amounts  computed by
     applying the U.S.  federal  income tax rates of 34 percent in 2002 and 2001
     to loss before income taxes as a result of:


                                                     2002           2001
                                                 ------------   ------------

        Tax at statutory rate (34)%              $   (25,133)   $   (53,730)
        Graduated rates                                9,153          6,348
        Nondeductible expenses                           565              -
        Change in valuation allowance                  7,100              -
        Nondeductible expense and other               18,315         14,570
                                                 -----------    -----------

                                                 $    10,000    $   (32,812)
                                                 ===========    ===========

        Effective income tax rate                      13.52%        (20.76)%
                                                 ===========    ===========

     Retained  earnings at December  31,  2002 and 2001  included  approximately
     $525,000,  which  represents bad debt reserves for which no deferred income
     taxes have been provided.  These amounts represent allocations of income to
     bad debt deductions for tax purposes only.  Reduction of these reserves for
     purposes  other  than tax bad  debt  losses  or  adjustments  arising  from
     carryback of net  operating  losses would create  income for tax  purposes,
     which would be subject to the  then-current  corporate income tax rate. The
     unrecorded deferred liability on these amounts is approximately  $79,000 at
     December 31, 2002 and 2001.

     The net operating loss carryforward of approximately $557,000 will commence
     to expire in the year 2012 and expire in 2023.




                                    Continued

                                      F-15



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.  Regulatory Matters

     The  Association  is  subject to various  regulatory  capital  requirements
     administered  by its  primary  federal  regulator,  the  Office  of  Thrift
     Supervision   (OTS).   Failure  to  meet  the  minimum  regulatory  capital
     requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory,  and  possibly  additional
     discretionary  actions  by  regulators,  that if  undertaken,  could have a
     direct material affect on the Association's financial statements. Under the
     regulatory  capital  adequacy  guidelines and the regulatory  framework for
     prompt  corrective  action,  the  Association  must meet  specific  capital
     guidelines  involving  quantitative  measures of the Association's  assets,
     liabilities,  and  certain  off-balance-sheet  items  as  calculated  under
     regulatory  accounting  practices.  The  Association's  capital amounts and
     classification  under the  prompt  corrective  action  guidelines  are also
     subject to qualitative  judgments by the regulators about components,  risk
     weightings, and other factors.

     Quantitative  measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
     require the  Association to maintain  minimum  amounts and ratios of: total
     risk-based  capital and Tier I capital to risk-weighted  assets (as defined
     in the regulations),  Tier I capital to adjusted total assets (as defined),
     and  tangible  capital to adjusted  total assets (as  defined).  Management
     believes as of December  31,  2002 that the  Association  meets all capital
     adequacy  requirements to which it is subject. As of December 31, 2002, the
     most recent  notification  from the OTS categorized the Association as well
     capitalized under the regulatory  framework for prompt  corrective  action.
     There are no conditions or events since the  notification  that  management
     believes have changed the Association's category.

       The Association's actual capital and its statutory required capital
       levels at December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows (in thousands).




                                                                                                   To be Well
                                                                                              Capitalized Under
                                                                                              Prompt Corrective
                                                                    For Capital Adequacy            Action
                                                                     Purposes Required            Provisions
                                                 Actual                                            Required
                                          ----------------------    ---------------------    ---------------------
                                           Amount         %          Amount         %         Amount         %
                                          ---------    ---------    ---------    --------    ---------    --------
                                                                                     

        December 31, 2002
        Total risk based capital          $1,855       11.12%       $1,335       8.0%        $1,669       10.0%
        Tier 1 risk based capital          1,749       10.48           668       4.0          1,001        6.0
        Tier 1 core capital                1,749        5.83         1,199       4.0          1,499        5.0
        Tangible equity capital            1,749        5.83           450       1.5            450        1.5

        December 31, 2001
        Total risk based capital           1,938       13.90         1,116       8.0          1,394       10.0
        Tier 1 risk based capital          1,833       13.15           557       4.0            836        6.0
        Tier 1 core capital                1,833        6.21         1,180       4.0          1,475        5.0
        Tangible equity capital            1,833        6.21           443       1.5            443        1.5





                                    Continued

                                      F-16



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.  Regulatory Matters, Continued

     A reconciliation  of the Association's  equity to regulatory  capital is as
     follows:

                                                          2002       2001
                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                      (dollars in thousands)


      Total equity per statements of financial           $ 1,749   $ 1,838
           Condition

      Reconciling items:
        Unrealized gain on available-for-sale
         Securities                                            -        (5)
                                                         -------   -------
      Tier one risk based, core and tangible
        equity capital                                     1,749     1,833
                                                         -------   -------
      Reconciling items:
        Loan loss reserves                                   106       105
                                                         -------   -------

      Total risk based capital                           $ 1,855   $ 1,938
                                                         =======   =======


11.  Loan Commitments

     At December 31, 2002, the Association had outstanding  firm  commitments to
     originate loans as follows:


        Mortgage loans
          7 year adjustable                      $ 488,800
          Construction loans                       145,461
                                                 ---------

                                                 $ 634,261
                                                 =========

     At December 31, 2002, outstanding letters of credit were $25,000.

12.  Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

     The Association is a party to financial instruments with  off-balance-sheet
     risk in the normal  course of business to meet the  financing  needs of its
     customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates.
     These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to extend  credit  and
     interest-rate  caps and  floors  written.  Those  instruments  involve,  to
     varying  degrees,  elements of  interest-rate  risk in excess of the amount
     recognized  in the  statement  of  financial  condition.  The  contract  or
     notional   amounts  of  those   instruments   reflect  the  extent  of  the
     Association's involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

     The Association's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by
     the other party to the  financial  instruments  for  commitments  to extend
     credit  is  represented  by  the  contractual   notional  amount  of  those
     instruments.  The  Association  uses the same  credit  policies  in  making
     commitments  and  conditional  obligations as it does for  on-balance-sheet
     instruments.



                                    Continued

                                      F-17



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


12.  Commitments and Contingent Liabilities, Continued

     Commitments  to extend credit are  agreements to lend to a customer as long
     as there is no  violation of any  condition  established  in the  contract.
     Commitments  generally  have fixed  expiration  dates or other  termination
     clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are
     expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total  commitment  amounts
     do not  necessarily  represent  future cash  requirements.  The Association
     evaluates each customer's  creditworthiness  on a case-by-case  basis.  The
     amount  and  type  of  collateral  obtained,  if  deemed  necessary  by the
     Association  upon extension of credit,  varies and is based on management's
     credit evaluation of the counterparty.

     At  December  31,  2002 and  2001,  approximately  $732,100  and  $746,800,
     respectively,  were held in deposits at financial institutions in excess of
     federally  insured amounts.  Although it does not require  collateral,  the
     Association   minimizes   its  credit  risk  by  placing  its  deposits  in
     high-credit, quality financial institutions.

     In December 2002, the Bank entered into a real estate purchase  contract to
     purchase land for  expansion of Bank  facilities in the amount of $360,000.
     The Bank has not formalized plans for expansion and expects to complete the
     land transaction in 2003.

     The Bank had planned to convert to a new data processing system and entered
     into new data  processing  contracts  with a  prospective  data  processing
     provider in December 2002. The Bank's current data processing  provider has
     provided the Bank with a termination  contract  that calls for  termination
     related penalties and costs of approximately  $400,000.  The Bank's current
     data processing  contracts may be terminated  without penalty under certain
     conditions  including  timely  notice.  The Bank's  current  processor  has
     asserted  that the  Bank's  notice  of  intent  to  terminate  its  current
     contracts on August 1, 2003 was not received  timely.  Management  does not
     believe  that it would  incur  penalties  under  the new  contracts  if the
     contemplated  conversion  were not  completed.  The  Bank is not  currently
     obligated to pay termination fees under its current  contracts and does not
     plan to enter into the termination  contract or otherwise obligate the Bank
     to pay contract termination penalties.

13.  Fair Values of Financial Instruments

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, Disclosures about Fair
     Value  of  Financial   Instruments,   requires  disclosure  of  fair  value
     information about financial  instruments,  whether or not recognized in the
     statement of financial  condition.  In cases where quoted market prices are
     not  available,  fair values are based on estimates  using present value or
     other valuation techniques.  Those techniques are significantly affected by
     the assumptions  used,  including the discount rate and estimates of future
     cash flows.  In that  regard,  the derived fair value  estimates  cannot be
     substantiated  by  comparison  to  independent  markets and, in many cases,
     could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. Statement
     No.  107  excludes  certain  financial  instruments  and  all  nonfinancial
     instruments from its disclosure  requirements.  Accordingly,  the aggregate
     fair  value  amounts  do  not  represent  the   underlying   value  of  the
     Association.


                                    Continued

                                      F-18




                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


13.  Fair Values of Financial Instruments, Continued

     The  following  methods and  assumptions  were used by the  Association  in
     estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

     Cash and cash  equivalents:  The  carrying  amounts of cash and  short-term
     instruments approximate fair values.

     Interest-bearing    deposits   in   banks:    The   carrying   amounts   of
     interest-bearing  deposits  maturing within ninety days,  approximate their
     fair values.

     Time deposits:  Fair values of time deposits are estimated using discounted
     cash flow analyses based on current rates for similar types of deposits.

     Securities:  Fair values for securities,  excluding  Federal Home Loan Bank
     stock, are based on quoted market prices.

     Federal Home Loan Bank stock:  The carrying value of Federal Home Loan Bank
     stock  approximates  fair value based on the  redemption  provisions of the
     Federal Home Loan Bank.

     Loans receivable:  For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with
     no  significant  change in credit  risk,  fair values are based on carrying
     values.  Fair values for certain mortgage loans (e.g.,  one-to-four  family
     residential, commercial real estate, investment property mortgage loans and
     commercial  and  industrial  loans)  which do not  reprice  frequently  are
     estimated  using  discounted  cash  flow  analyses,  using  interest  rates
     currently  being  offered  for loans with  similar  terms to  borrowers  of
     similar credit quality.  Fair values for non-performing loans are estimated
     using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying  collateral values, where
     applicable.

     Accrued  interest  receivable:  The  carrying  amounts of accrued  interest
     receivable approximate fair value.

     Deposit  liabilities:  The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g.,
     interest and non-interest checking,  passbook savings, and certain types of
     money market  accounts) are, by definition,  equal to the amount payable on
     demand at the reporting date (i.e.,  their carrying  amounts).  Fair values
     for  fixed-rate  certificates  of deposit are estimated  using a discounted
     cash flow  calculation  that applies interest rates currently being offered
     on certificates to a schedule of aggregated  expected monthly maturities on
     time deposits.

     Federal Home Loan Bank advances:  The carrying  amount of Federal Home Loan
     Bank advances, which mature within 90 days, approximate their fair values.

     Accrued interest payable:  The carrying amounts of accrued interest payable
     approximate fair value.

     Off-balance-sheet  instruments:  The fair  value of  commitments  to extend
     credit  are  based  on  fees  currently   charged  to  enter  into  similar
     agreements,  taking into account the remaining  terms of the agreements and
     the counterparties' credit standing.



                                    Continued

                                      F-19




                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


13.  Fair Values of Financial Instruments, Continued

     The estimated fair values of the Association's financial instruments are as
     follows:





                                                               2002                               2001
                                                   -------------------------------    -------------------------------
                                                     Carrying           Fair            Carrying           Fair
                                                      Value             Value            Value             Value
                                                   -------------    --------------    -------------    --------------
                                                                                           

      Financial assets:

        Cash and cash equivalents                      $733,126          $733,126       $1,410,347        $1,410,347

        Interest bearing deposits in other
          banks                                               -                 -          896,590           896,590

        Time deposits                                    25,000            25,032                -                 -

        Securities held-to-maturity                   1,901,750         1,996,959        3,070,058         3,153,785

        Securities available-for-sale                         -                 -          754,375           754,375

        Federal Home Loan Bank stock                    634,100           634,100          605,700           605,700

        Loans                                        25,709,770        25,997,227       22,157,635        22,196,379

        Accrued interest receivable                     135,220           135,220          161,714           161,714

      Financial liabilities:

        Deposits                                     28,128,252        28,429,929       26,611,224        26,932,134

        Advances from FHLB                                    -                 -        1,000,000         1,000,000

        Accrued interest payable                         19,990            19,990           46,165            46,165

      Off balance sheet credit related
           financial instruments:

        Commitments to extend credit                          -                 -                -                 -






























                                      F-20



                                    GLOSSARY



                      
ARM Loan                   Adjustable-rate mortgage loan

BIF                        Bank Insurance Fund of the FDIC

Common Stock               The common stock, $.01 par value per share, of Community First
                           Bancorp, Inc.

Community Offering         Offering for sale to certain members of the general public of any
                           shares of common stock not subscribed for in the Subscription
                           Offering, including the possible offering of common stock in a
                           Syndicated Community Offering

Company                    Community First Bancorp, Inc.

Conversion                 Simultaneous conversion of Community First Bank to stock form,
                           the issuance of the Community First Bank's outstanding capital
                           stock to the Company and the Company's offer and sale of common
                           stock

Eligible Account Holders   Savings account holders of Community First Bank with account
                           balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on December 31,
                           2001

Estimated
Valuation Range            Estimated pro forma market value of the common stock ranging
                           from $1,785,000 to $2,415,000

Exchange Act               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

Expiration Date            12:00 p.m., Central time, on June __, 2003

FDIC                       Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Federal Reserve System     The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System

Feldman Financial          Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc., the independent appraiser for the
                           Offering

FHLB                       Federal Home Loan Bank

FHLMC                      Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

FNMA                       Federal National Mortgage Association


                                       A-1




                      

IRA                        Individual retirement account or arrangement

IRS                        Internal Revenue Service

Keefe, Bruyette            Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., the marketing agent for the offering
& Woods, Inc.

MRP                        Management recognition plan to be adopted no earlier than six
                           months after the conversion

NASD                       National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

NOW account                Negotiable order of withdrawal account

NPV                        Net portfolio value

Offering                   Subscription, Community and Syndicated Community offerings,
                           collectively

Option Plan                Stock option plan to be adopted no earlier than six months after the
                           conversion

Order Form                 Form for ordering stock accompanied by a certification concerning
                           certain matters

Other Members              Savings account holders (other than eligible account holders and
                           supplemental eligible account holders) and borrowers who are
                           entitled to vote at the Special Meeting due to the existence of a
                           savings account or a borrowing, respectively, on the Voting Record
                           Date for the Special Meeting

OTS                        Office of Thrift Supervision

Plan of Conversion         Plan of Community First Bank to convert from a federally chartered
                           mutual savings bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank and
                           the issuance of all of Community First Bank's outstanding capital
                           stock to the Company and the issuance of the Company's stock to
                           the public

Purchase Price             $10.00 per share price of the common stock

SAIF                       Savings Association Insurance Fund of the FDIC

SEC                        Securities and Exchange Commission



                                       A-2





                      

Securities Act             Securities Act of 1933, as amended

Special Meeting            Special Meeting of members of Community First Bank called for the
                           purpose of approving the Plan

Subscription Offering      Offering of non-transferable rights to subscribe for the common
                           stock, in order of priority, to Eligible Account Holders, tax-
                           qualified employee plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders
                           and Other Members

Supplemental Eligible      Depositors,  who are not  Eligible Account Holders of Community
Account Holders            First Bank, with account balances of at least $50 on March 31, 2003

Syndicated Community       Offering   of   shares   of   common   stock  remaining  after   the
Offering                   Subscription Offering and undertaken prior to the end and as part of
                           the Community Offering, and which may, at our discretion, be
                           made to the general public on a best efforts basis by a selling group
                           of broker-dealers

Voting Record Date         The close of business on May __, 2003, the date for determining
                           members entitled to vote at the Special Meeting




                                       A-3



No dealer,  salesman or other person has been authorized to give any information
or to make any representations not contained in this document in connection with
the  offering  made  hereby,   and,  if  given  or  made,  such  information  or
representations  must not be relied upon as having been  authorized by Community
First Bank, the Company, or Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. This document does not
constitute an offer to sell, or the  solicitation of an offer to buy, any of the
securities  offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer
or  solicitation  would be unlawful.  Neither the  delivery of this  document by
Community First Bank, the Company, or Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any sale
made hereunder shall in any  circumstances  create an implication that there has
been no change in the affairs of Community First Bank or the Company,  since any
of the  dates as of which  information  is  furnished  herein  or since the date
hereof.


                          COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.
                   (Holding Company for Community First Bank)



                              Up to 277,725 Shares

                                  Common Stock

                                   PROSPECTUS

                          Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

                               Dated May __, 2003



                  THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR ACCOUNTS
                  AND ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED OR GUARANTEED.





Until ___________, 2003 (90 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers
that effect  transactions in these  securities,  whether or not participating in
this offering,  may be required to deliver a prospectus.  This is in addition to
the dealer  obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as  underwriters  and
with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.





                 PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     Indemnification of Directors and Officers of Community First Bank

     Federal   Regulations  clearly  define  areas  for  indemnity  coverage  by
Community First Bank (the "Bank"), as follows:

     (a) Any  person  against  whom any  action is brought by reason of the fact
that  such  person  is or was a  director  or  officer  of  the  Bank  shall  be
indemnified by the Bank for:

          (i)  Reasonable costs and expenses,  including  reasonable  attorney's
               fees, actually paid or incurred by such person in connection with
               proceedings related to the defense or settlement of such action;

          (ii) Any amount for which such person  becomes liable by reason of any
               judgment in such action;

          (iii)Reasonable costs and expenses,  including  reasonable  attorney's
               fees,  actually  paid or  incurred  in any action to enforce  his
               rights under this section, if the person attains a final judgment
               in favor of such person in such enforcement action.

     (b) Indemnification  provided for in subparagraph (a) shall be made to such
officer or director only if the requirements of this subparagraph are met:

          (i)  The Bank shall make the indemnification  provided by subparagraph
               (a) in  connection  with any such action which results in a final
               judgment on the merits in favor of such officer or director.

          (ii) The Bank shall make the indemnification  provided by subparagraph
               (a) in case of settlement of such action,  final judgment against
               such  director  or  officer  or final  judgment  in favor of such
               director or officer  other than on the merits  except in relation
               to  matters  as to which he shall be  adjudged  to be liable  for
               negligence or misconduct in the  performance of his duty, only if
               a majority of the  directors of the Bank  determines  that such a
               director or officer  was acting in good faith  within what he was
               reasonably  entitled to believe under the  circumstances  was the
               scope of his  employment  or authority and for a purpose which he
               was reasonably entitled to believe under the circumstances was in
               the best interest of the Bank or their members or stockholders.

     (c) As used in this paragraph:

          (i)  "Action"   means  any   action,   suit  or  other   judicial   or
               administrative  proceeding,  or  threatened  proceeding,  whether
               civil,  criminal,  or  otherwise,  including  any appeal or other
               proceeding for review;

          (ii) "Court" includes,  without  limitation,  any court to which or in
               which any appeal or any proceeding for review is brought;

          (iii)"Final  Judgment"  means a  judgment,  decree,  or order which is
               appealable  and as to which the period for appeal has expired and
               no appeal has been taken;

          (iv) "Settlement"  includes  the entry of a judgment  by consent or by
               confession or upon a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere.

                                      II-1



     Community First has a directors and officers liability policy providing for
insurance  against  certain  liabilities  incurred by directors  and officers of
Community First while serving in their capacities as such.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers of Community First Bancorp, Inc.

     The Articles of Incorporation of Community First Bancorp, Inc. provide that
the Company will indemnify to the fullest extent  permissible under the Maryland
General  Corporation  Law  ("MGCL")  any  individual  who is or was a  director,
officer,  employee or agent in any  proceeding in which the individual is made a
party as a result of his  service in such  capacity.  The MGCL  provides  that a
Maryland  corporation  may indemnify any director or officer made a party to any
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceeding by reason of serving
in such capacity  unless it is established  that (a) the act or omission of such
person was material to the matter giving rise to the  proceeding  and either was
committed  in bad faith or was the result of active and  deliberate  dishonesty,
(b) the person actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property
or  services,  or (c) in the  case of a  criminal  proceeding,  the  person  had
reasonable  cause to believe the act or omission was  unlawful.  Indemnification
may be against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements, and reasonable expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually incurred in connection with the proceeding.
If  the  proceeding  was  by  or in  the  right  of  the  corporation,  however,
indemnification  may not be made if the person is  adjudged  to be liable to the
corporation.  The corporation must indemnify directors and officers for expenses
incurred in contesting any such proceeding if such persons are successful on the
merits,   unless  the  corporation's   articles  of  incorporation   limit  such
indemnification  (the  Company's  Articles  do  not).   Determination  that  the
indemnification  is proper and the amount to be paid in indemnification is to be
made by a majority vote of a quorum of  disinterested  directors (or a committee
of  disinterested  directors),  by special legal counsel chosen by disinterested
directors (or a committee of  disinterested  directors) or by a majority vote of
disinterested stockholders. A corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of any director or officer  against any  liability  asserted  against and
incurred  by such person in any such  capacity  or arising out of such  person's
position  whether  or not the  corporation  would  have the  power to  indemnify
against  such  liability  under  Maryland  law. A  corporation  must  report any
indemnification or advance of expenses to a director or officer arising out of a
proceeding  by or in the right of the  corporation  to the  stockholders  of the
corporation.

Directors and Officers Liability Insurance

     Pursuant to the MGCL,  the Company is  permitted  to purchase  and maintain
insurance  on  behalf  of an  individual  who  is or  was a  director,  officer,
employee,  or agent of the Company.  The Bank currently  maintains such a policy
and it is intended that the Company will become a party to such policy.

Item 25.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

         *  Legal Fees                                              $  50,000
         *  Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses                         100,000
         *  Printing, Word Processing, Postage and Mailing             30,000
         *  Appraisal Fees and Expenses                                15,000
         *  Accounting Fees and Expenses                               50,000
         *  Blue Sky Filing Fees and Expenses
              (including counsel fees)                                  5,000
         *  Transfer Agent Fees                                         2,500
         *  Conversion Agent Fees                                       9,500
         *  Federal Filing Fees (OTS and SEC)                           8,600
         *  Other Expenses                                             14,400

                  Total                                             $ 285,000
- -------------------
*    Estimated.


                                      II-2



Item 26.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          Not applicable.

Item 27.  Exhibits

          The exhibits  filed as a part of this  registration  statement  are as
          follows:


Exhibit No.    Description
- -----------    -----------
1              Form of Agency Agreement with Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.*
2              Plan of Conversion
3.1            Articles of Incorporation of Community First Bancorp, Inc.*
3.2            Bylaws of Community First Bancorp, Inc.*
4              Form of Common  Stock  Certificate  of Community  First  Bancorp,
               Inc.*
5              Opinion  of  Malizia  Spidi & Fisch,  PC  regarding  legality  of
               securities being registered
8.1            Federal Tax Opinion of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC*
8.2            State Tax Opinion of EKW & Associates, llp*
8.3            Opinion of Feldman Financial  Advisors,  Inc., as to the value of
               subscription rights for tax purposes*
10.1           Employment  Agreement between Community First Bank and William M.
               Tandy*
10.2           Form of Change-in-Control Severance Agreement*
16             Letter on Change in Certifying Accountants*
23.1           Consent of Malizia Spidi & Fisch,  PC (in their opinions filed as
               Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2           Consent of EKW & Associates, llp
23.3           Consent of Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc.
24             Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page of the
               Form SB-2 as originally filed)
99.1           Proposed Stock Order Form and Form of Certification*
99.2           Proxy Statement for Special Meeting of Members of Community First
               Bank; Form of Proxy*
99.3           Form of Miscellaneous Solicitation and Marketing Materials*
99.4           Appraisal Report
99.5           Appraisal Update

- ----------------
*    Previously filed.


Item 28.  Undertakings

     The undersigned small business issuer will:

          (1)  File, during any period in which it offers or sells securities, a
               post- effective amendment to this registration statement to:

          (i)  Include  any  prospectus  required  by  Section  10(a)(3)  of the
               Securities Act of 1933;

          (ii) Reflect  in the  prospectus  any facts or events  arising  which,
               individually or together,  represent a fundamental  change in the
               information set forth in the registration statement;

          (iii)To include any additional or changed material  information on the
               plan of distribution.


                                      II-3



     (2) For  determining  any liability  under the  Securities  Act, treat each
post-effective  amendment  as a new  registration  statement  of the  securities
offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

     (3) File a post-effective  amendment or remove from registration any of the
securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling
persons of the small business  issuer pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or
otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Act, and is  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event that a
claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other than the payment by
the small business issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the small business issuer in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities  being  registered,  the small business
issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the
questions  whether  such  indemnification  by it is  against  public  policy  as
expressed in the Securities  Act and will be governed by the final  adjudication
of such issue.

     If the  undersigned  small  business  issuer  relies on Rule 430A under the
Securities Act, the small business issuer will:

     (1) For  determining  any liability  under the  Securities  Act,  treat the
information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  filed  as  part  of  this
registration  statement  in reliance  upon Rule 430A and  contained in a form of
prospectus  filed by the small business issuer under Rule 424(b)(1),  or (4), or
497(h) under the Securities Act as part of this registration statement as of the
time the Commission declared it effective.

     (2) For  determining  any liability  under the  Securities  Act, treat each
post-effective   amendment   that  contains  a  form  of  prospectus  as  a  new
registration statement for the securities offered in the registration statement,
and that  offering  of the  securities  at that  time as the  initial  bona fide
offering of those securities.



                                      II-4



                                   SIGNATURES

     In accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  for  filing  on Form  SB-2  and  authorized  this  amended
registration  statement  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  in the
City of Madisonville, Commonwealth of Kentucky, on May 14, 2003.

                                  COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.


                                  By:      /s/ William M. Tandy
                                           William M. Tandy
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer
                                           (Duly Authorized Representative)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     In accordance  with the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933,  this
amended  registration  statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates stated.





Signatures                           Title                                                  Date

                                                                                    
/s/ William M. Tandy                 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director        May 14, 2003
- --------------------------------
William M. Tandy                     (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Michael D. Wortham*              Vice President and Director                            May 14, 2003
- --------------------------------
Michael D. Wortham                   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Ralph T. Teague*                 Director                                               May 14, 2003
- --------------------------------
Ralph T. Teague

/s/ Paul W. Arison*                  Director                                               May 14, 2003
- --------------------------------
Paul W. Arison

/s/ Charlotte E. Baldwin*            Director                                               May 14, 2003
- --------------------------------
Charlotte E. Baldwin

/s/ Charles G. Ramsey*               Director                                               May 14, 2003
- --------------------------------
Charles G. Ramsey

/s/ J. Craig Riddle*                 Director                                               May 14, 2003
- --------------------------------
J. Craig Riddle

/s/ Charles B.Vaughn*                Director                                               May 14, 2003
- --------------------------------
Charles B. Vaughn

/s/ Steven E. Carson*                Director                                               May 14, 2003
- --------------------------------
Steven E. Carson


*By /s/ William M. Tandy                                                                    May 14, 2003
    ----------------------------
      William M. Tandy
      Attorney-in-fact





                                      II-5